Copyrights and Trademarks
Contents
Introduction
Introducing the Software
Loading and Setting the Paper
Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer
Printing Using the HP-GL/2 or HP RTL Mode from a Computer
- Printer Settings
  - Basic Print Settings
  - HP-GL/2 Specific Print Settings
- CAD Application Settings
Changing the Network Connection Methods
Using AirPrint
Printing without Using the Printer Driver(SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)
Copy (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)
Scan (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)
Making Enlarged Copies with an A3 or A4 Scanner (Except for the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series)
Using the Menu
Maintenance
- Clearing a Clogged Print Head
  - Checking the print head for clogging and then cleaning
  - Powerful Cleaning
- Replacing Consumables
Problem Solver
Appendix
Where To Get Help
- Technical Support Web Site
- Contacting Epson Support

Epson SC-T3100X User Manual

Displayed below is the user manual for SC-T3100X by Epson which is a product in the Large Format Printers category. This manual has pages.

Related Manuals

Epson Epson M-190: 57.5mm, 5V, Standard Ribbon Manual

Epson Epson SureColor SCF7000 Manual

Epson TM-U220A Manual

Epson TM-U295 Manual

Epson TM-U220PA Manual

Epson TM-U220PA-103 Manual

Epson TM-U295P Parallel White Manual

Epson TM-C100 Manual

User's Guide

CMP0139-07 EN

Copyrights and Trademarks

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,

photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Seiko Epson Corporation. The information contained herein is designed

only for use with this Epson printer. Epson is not responsible for any use of this information as applied to other printers.

Neither Seiko Epson Corporation nor its affiliates shall be liable to the purchaser of this product or third parties for damages, losses, costs, or expenses

incurred by the purchaser or third parties as a result of accident, misuse, or abuse of this product or unauthorized modifications, repairs, or alterations to

this product, or (excluding the U.S.) failure to strictly comply with Seiko Epson Corporation's operating and maintenance instructions.

Seiko Epson Corporation shall not be liable for any damages or problems arising from the use of any options or any consumable products other than those

designated as Original Epson Products or Epson Approved Products by Seiko Epson Corporation.

Seiko Epson Corporation shall not be held liable for any damage resulting from electromagnetic interference that occurs from the use of any interface cables

other than those designated as Epson Approved Products by Seiko Epson Corporation.

EPSON, EPSON EXCEED YOUR VISION, EXCEED YOUR VISION, and their logos are registered trademarks or trademarks of Seiko Epson

Corporation.

Microsoft

, Windows

, and Windows Vista

are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

Apple, Mac, macOS, OS X, Bonjour, Safari, AirPrint, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, iBeacon, iTunes and ColorSync are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in

the U.S. and other countries.

Use of the Works with Apple badge means that an accessory has been designed to work specifically with the technology identified in the badge and has been

certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards.

Chrome

™

, Chrome OS

™

, and Android

™

are trademarks of Google Inc.

Intel

is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.

Adobe and Reader are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe in the United States and/or other countries.

HP-GL/2

and HP RTL

are registered trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Corporation.

General Notice: Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of their respective owners. Epson disclaims any

and all rights in those marks.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Copyrights and Trademarks

Contents

Copyrights and Trademarks

Introduction

Notes on Manuals.......................... 6

Meaning of Symbols...................... 6

Illustrations............................ 6

Product Model Descriptions................ 6

Manual Organization..................... 6

Viewing PDF Manuals.................... 6

Printer Parts.............................. 8

Front................................. 8

Scanner Section (SC-T5100M Series/SC-

T3100M Series Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Inside................................ 11

Back................................. 12

Control panel.......................... 14

Understanding and Operating the Screen........ 14

Home screen........................... 14

Using your Presets...................... 16

Features of Printer........................ 18

Realizing High Resolution................. 18

Insistence on Ease-of-Use................. 18

Notes on Usage and Storage.................. 19

Installation space....................... 19

Notes when using the printer............... 19

Notes when not using the printer............ 20

Notes on handling ink cartridges............ 20

Notes on handling paper.................. 21

Saving Power............................ 22

Introducing the Software

Provided Software......................... 24

Built-in Software in the Printer............... 25

How to Use Web Config.................... 26

How to Start........................... 26

Closing............................... 26

Function Summary...................... 26

Updating Software or Installing Additional

Software................................ 27

Checking Whether Updates Available and

Updating Software...................... 27

Receiving Update Notifications............. 27

Uninstalling Software...................... 28

Windows............................. 28

Mac................................. 28

Loading and Setting the Paper

Notes on Loading the Paper.................. 29

Paper Load Position....................... 29

Loading and Removing the Roll Paper.......... 30

Loading Roll Paper...................... 30

Cutting the Roll Paper.................... 32

Removing Roll Paper..................... 34

Loading and Removing Paper from the Auto

Sheet Feeder............................. 36

Installing and removing the paper stacker (for

plain paper)........................... 36

Loading paper into the auto sheet feeder. . . . . . 36

Removing paper from the auto sheet feeder. . . . 38

Loading and Removing Cut Sheet(1 sheet). . . . . . . 40

Loading Cut Sheet(1 sheet)................ 40

Removing Cut Sheet (1 Sheet).............. 41

Setting Loaded Paper....................... 42

For Roll Paper.......................... 42

For Auto Sheet Feeder/Cut Sheet(1 sheet)..... 44

Optimizing Paper Settings (Media Adjust)....... 46

Notes on Making Adjustments.............. 46

Adjusting............................. 46

Printing with the Printer Driver from

Your Computer

Basic Operating Procedures (Windows)......... 49

Printing Procedure...................... 49

Canceling Printing...................... 51

Customizing the Printer Driver............. 52

Basic Operating Procedures (Mac)............. 55

Printing Procedure...................... 55

Canceling Printing...................... 58

Customizing the Printer Driver............. 58

Printing CAD Drawings.................... 60

Enlargements and Horizontal and Vertical

Banners................................ 62

Fitting Documents to the Width of the Roll

Paper................................ 62

Fitting Documents to the Output Size. . . . . . . . 64

Choosing a Print Size.................... 65

Printing at Non-Standard Sizes............... 67

Correct color and print..................... 71

Color Management Printing................. 75

About Color Management................. 75

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Contents

Color Management Print Settings........... 75

Setting color management with the

applications........................... 76

Setting color management with the printer

driver................................ 78

Multi-Page Printing (N-up).................. 82

Manual Double Sided Printing (Windows Only)

...................................... 83

Notes on double-sided printing............. 83

Setting Procedures for Printing............. 83

Folded 2-Sided Printing (Windows only). . . . . . . . 85

Poster Printing (Windows Only).............. 86

Printing Multiple Documents (Layout Manager)

(Windows Only).......................... 91

Setting Procedures for Printing............. 91

Saving and Recalling Settings............... 92

Printing Using the HP-GL/2 or HP RTL

Mode from a Computer

Printer Settings........................... 94

Basic Print Settings...................... 94

HP-GL/2 Specific Print Settings............. 94

CAD Application Settings................... 95

Changing the Network Connection

Methods

Switching to Wired LAN.................... 96

Switching to Wireless LAN.................. 96

Directly Connecting Wirelessly (Wi-Fi Direct).... 97

Using AirPrint

Printing without Using the Printer

Driver(SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series only)

Printing Directly Over the Web (Upload and

Print).................................. 99

Function Summary...................... 99

Upload and Print Procedure............... 99

Printing Files from a Shared Folder (Print from

Folder)................................ 100

Function Summary..................... 100

Preparing a Shared Folder................ 100

Print from Folder Procedure.............. 101

Printing Files on USB Flash Memory Directly. . . . 101

Copy (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series only)

Placing Documents in the Scanner............ 103

Loadable Document Sizes................ 103

Loadable Paper Types................... 103

Documents That Cannot Be Loaded......... 103

When loading documents that are thin, that

are easily torn, or that you do not want to

damage.............................. 104

How to Load Documents................... 105

Procedure for Copying.................... 105

Scan (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series only)

Function Summary....................... 107

Preparing to Scan........................ 107

Procedure for Scanning.................... 108

Scanning and Saving an Image to a Shared

Folder or FTP Server.................... 108

Scanning and Attaching an Image to an Email

................................... 109

Scanning and Saving an Image to a Memory

Device.............................. 110

Making Enlarged Copies with an A3 or

A4 Scanner (Except for the SC-T5100M

Series/SC-T3100M Series)

Connecting the Scanner.................... 111

Making Enlarged Copies................... 112

Placing Documents in the Scanner............ 113

Using the Menu

Menu List.............................. 114

Paper Setting menu....................... 132

Roll Paper menu....................... 132

Auto Sheet Feeder menu................. 135

Cut Sheet(1 sheet) menu................. 136

Printer Status menu....................... 137

Settings menu........................... 138

General Settings....................... 138

Maintenance.......................... 159

Printer Status/Print..................... 160

Enlarged Copy menu (except for the SC-T5100M

Series/SC-T3100M Series).................. 161

Memory Device menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-

T3100M Series only). . . . . . ................ 163

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Contents

Copy Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series Only) ............................ 166

Scan Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series Only)............................ 169

Network Folder Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-

T3100M Series Only)...................... 178

Maintenance

Clearing a Clogged Print Head............... 180

Checking the print head for clogging and then

cleaning............................. 180

Powerful Cleaning...................... 180

Replacing Consumables.................... 181

Handling of Used Consumables............ 181

Replacing Ink Cartridges................. 181

Replacing Maintenance Box............... 183

Replacing the Cutter.................... 184

Problem Solver

What to do When a Message is Displayed. . . . . . . 187

When a Maintenance Call/Printer Error Occurs

..................................... 188

Troubleshooting......................... 189

You cannot print (because the printer does not

work)............................... 189

The printer operates, but nothing prints...... 191

The prints are not what you expected........ 192

Feeding or ejecting problems.............. 196

Others.............................. 199

Copying or Scanning Problems (SC-T5100M

Series/SC-T3100M Series Only). . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Appendix

Options and Consumable Products........... 206

Epson Special Media.................... 206

Ink Cartridges......................... 206

Others.............................. 207

Supported Media......................... 209

Epson Special Media Table............... 209

Supported Commercially Available Paper..... 212

Printable area........................... 215

Roll Paper............................ 215

Cut sheets (Auto sheet feeder)............. 216

Cut Sheet (1 sheet)..................... 216

Moving or Transporting the Printer........... 217

Moving to a Different Location in the Same

Building............................. 217

When Transporting..................... 218

Handling if Transporting/Leaving the Printer

in an Environment of -10˚C or Less......... 218

System Requirements..................... 220

Printer Driver......................... 220

Web Config.......................... 221

Specifications Table....................... 222

Where To Get Help

Technical Support Web Site................. 226

Contacting Epson Support.................. 226

Before Contacting Epson................. 226

Help for Users in North America........... 227

Help for Users in Europe................. 227

Help for Users in Taiwan................. 227

Help for Users in Australia/New Zealand. . . . . 228

Help for Users in Singapore............... 228

Help for Users in Thailand................ 229

Help for Users in Vietnam................ 229

Help for Users in Indonesia............... 229

Help for Users in Hong Kong.............. 230

Help for Users in Malaysia................ 230

Help for Users in India.................. 230

Help for Users in the Philippines........... 231

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Contents

Introduction

Notes on Manuals

Meaning of Symbols

Warning: Warnings must be followed to

avoid serious bodily injury.

Caution: Cautions must be followed to

avoid bodily injury.

Important: Important must be followed to

avoid damage to this product.

Note: Notes contain useful or

additional information on the

operation of this product.

U Indicates related reference

content.

Illustrations

Unless otherwise specified, the illustrations in the

manuals are for the SC-T3000 Series.

The illustrations in the manuals may differ slightly from

the model you are using. Please be aware of this when

using the manuals.

Product Model Descriptions

Some models described in this manual may not be sold

in your country or region.

Manual Organization

The manuals for the product are organized as shown

below.

You can view the PDF manuals using Adobe Acrobat

Reader or Preview (Mac).

Setup Guide

(booklet)

Provides information on how to

setup the printer after

unpacking it from the box. Make

sure you read this manual to

perform operations safely.

Operator's Guide

(booklet or PDF)

Provides selected information

on how to use the printer and

frequently used features of the

printer.

General Information

(PDF)

Provides important safety

instructions, printer

specifications and contact

details.

Online Manuals

User's Guide

(this manual)

Provides overall information

and instructions on using the

printer and on solving

problems.

Administrator's

Guide (PDF)

Provides network

administrators with

information on management

and printer settings.

Viewing PDF Manuals

This section uses the Adobe Acrobat Reader DC as an

example to explain the basic operations for viewing the

PDF in Adobe Acrobat Reader.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

AClick to print the PDF manual.

BEach time it is clicked the bookmarks are hidden or

shown.

CClick the title to open the relevant page.

Click [+] to open the titles lower in the hierarchy.

DIf the reference is in blue text, click the blue text to

open the relevant page.

To return to the original page, do the following.

For Windows

While pressing the Alt key, press the key.

For Mac

While pressing the command key, press the key.

EYou can input and search for keywords, such as the

names of items you want to confirm.

For Windows

Right click on a page in the PDF manual and select

Find in the menu that is displayed to open the search

toolbar.

For Mac

Select Find in the Edit menu to open the search

toolbar.

FTo enlarge text in the display that is too small to see

clearly, click . Click to reduce the size. To

specify a part of an illustration or screenshot to

enlarge, do the following.

For Windows

Right click on the page in the PDF manual and select

Marquee Zoom in the menu that is displayed. The

pointer changes to a magnifying glass, use it to

specify the range of the place you want to enlarge.

For Mac

Click View menu - Zoom - Marquee Zoom in this

order to change the pointer to a magnifying glass.

Use the pointer as a magnifying glass to specify the

range of the place you want to enlarge.

GOpens the previous page or next page.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

Printer Parts

Front

The following illustration provides an explanation of the SC-T3100 Series (model with 24 inch stand).

AControl panel

U “Control panel” on page 14

BCutter cover

Open when replacing the cutter.

U “Replacing the Cutter” on page 184

CPaper basket

Output from the printer collects in this basket, keeping the media clean and free of creases.

A dedicated stand that comes with a paper basket is provided as an option for SC-T5100N Series/SC-T3100M

Series/SC-T3100N Series/SC-T2100 Series.

U “Options and Consumable Products” on page 206

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

DCasters

There are two casters on each leg. The casters are normally kept locked once the printer is in place.

EPaper stacker (for plain paper)

Attach to the front of the printer as shown when printing multiple sheets of plain paper continuously from the auto

sheet feeder. Printed paper stacks up in this tray after it is ejected. Remove this when printing on roll paper or cut

sheets (1 sheet).

The paper stacker is not included with the SC-T2100 Series. It is available as an optional extra.

U “Installing and removing the paper stacker (for plain paper)” on page 36

FB1 width paper support (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T5100 Series/SC-T5100N Series only)

For roll paper or cut sheet (1 sheet) equivalent to B1 width (718 to 738 mm) only, raise the B1 width paper support

before printing to prevent scuffing and soiling of the print surface

U “Loading Roll Paper” on page 30

U “Loading Cut Sheet(1 sheet)” on page 40

GEdge guide

Align these with the left and right edges of the paper loaded in the auto sheet feeder. Prevents paper from being fed

at an angle.

HAuto Sheet Feeder

You can load multiple cut sheets of A4 to A3 paper. The loaded paper is fed automatically allowing you to print

continuously.

U “Loading paper into the auto sheet feeder” on page 36

ICut sheet cover

Open when using the auto sheet feeder or when loading cut sheet paper.

U “Loading Cut Sheet(1 sheet)” on page 40

When loading roll paper, open this cover and then open the roll paper cover.

To prevent dust from accumulating inside the printer, close the auto sheet feeder when it is not in use or when you

are not loading cut sheet paper.

JFront cover

Open this cover when replacing ink cartridges or clearing a paper jam.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

Scanner Section (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series Only)

AUSB port (for USB flash drive)

You can connect a USB flash drive to print directly or save your scanned data.

U “Printing Files on USB Flash Memory Directly” on page 101

U “Scanning and Saving an Image to a Memory Device” on page 110

BScanner unit

Open this cover when replacing ink cartridges or clearing a paper jam.

CLock lever

While pressing the left and right lock levers, open the scanner cover.

DDocument guide

This guide allows you to feed originals straight into the printer.

EScanner cover

Open this when there is a paper jam, or when you want to clean the scanner.

Important:

Do not press down on the scanner cover or place anything on top of it while scanning.

Otherwise, the scan results may be distorted or the original may get jammed.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

FDocument support

Prevents documents from falling backwards. You can also place long documents that have been rolled up.

U “How to Load Documents” on page 105

Inside

ARoll paper cover

This cover protects the loaded roll paper and prevents dust from entering inside the printer. Except when loading

or removing roll paper, it should be closed when using the printer.

U “Loading Roll Paper” on page 30

BPaper slot

The slot through which roll paper or cut sheets are fed during printing. Insert cut sheets manually one by one.

CInk Cartridges

Install cartridges into all slots.

U “Replacing Ink Cartridges” on page 181

DCartridge cover

Open when replacing ink cartridges.

ESpindle

When loading roll paper into the printer, insert this through the roll paper.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

FMovable flange (transparent)

This fixes the roll paper placed on the spindle. Attach or detach it when placing or removing roll paper on/from the

spindle.

GSpindle holder

Install the spindle with the roll paper loaded. There is a holder on both the left and right sides.

U “Loading Roll Paper” on page 30

Back

AMaintenance box cover

Open when replacing the maintenance box.

BMaintenance box

A container for collecting waste ink.

U “Replacing Maintenance Box” on page 183

CAC inlet

Connect the supplied power cable here.

DLAN port

Connects the LAN cable.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

EStatus light (green, orange)

The color indicates the network transmission speed.

Off: 10BASE-T

Orange: 100BASE-TX

Green: 1000BASE-T

FData light (yellow)

The network connection status and data reception are indicated by a lit or flashing light.

On: Connected.

Flashing: Receiving data.

GOPTION port (except for the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series)

Connect a scanner to perform enlarged copying.

U “Making Enlarged Copies with an A3 or A4 Scanner (Except for the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series)”

on page 111

HUSB port

Connect the USB cable here.

IVents

Do not block the vents.

U “Installation space” on page 19

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

Control panel

AHome button

Touch this button while a menu is displayed to

return to the Home screen. The home button is off

when it cannot be used during operations such as

paper feeding.

BP light (power light)

On : The power is on.

Flashi

: The printer is performing a process such as

starting up, powering off, data receiving, or

print head cleaning. Please wait without

performing any operation until this light

stops flashing. Do not disconnect the power

cord.

Off : The power is off.

CP button (power button)

Turns the power on and off.

DScreen

This is a touch panel to display the printer's status,

menus, error messages, and so on. You can select the

menu items and options displayed on this screen by

gently touching (tapping) them, and scroll the

screen by moving your finger while it remains

touching the screen.

Understanding and

Operating the Screen

Home screen

The contents of the Home screen vary depending on the

model and operating conditions.

Common to all models

This section explains the displays and operations that

are common to all models.

Overview of Home screen operations U Operator's

Guide (booklet or PDF)

AInformation display area

Displays the printer's status, error messages, and so

on.

BRoll paper information area

❏When roll paper is loaded

Displays information on the loaded roll paper. When

Setup is set to On, the approximate remaining amount

(remaining length) is displayed.

Touching this area displays a menu to perform

operations such as setting and adjusting the roll

paper.

U “Roll Paper menu” on page 132

❏When roll paper is not loaded

Displays "---". Touching this area displays the

procedure for loading roll paper.

CPaper Setting menu button

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

Touch this button when loading, removing, setting,

or adjusting paper.

❏See the following for more details on Roll Paper.

U “Loading and Removing the Roll Paper” on

page 30

Menu descriptions U “Roll Paper menu” on

page 132

❏See the following for details on the Auto Sheet Feeder.

U “Loading and Removing Paper from the Auto

Sheet Feeder” on page 36

Menu descriptions U “Auto Sheet Feeder menu” on

page 135

❏See the following for more details on Cut Sheet(1

sheet).

U “Loading and Removing Cut Sheet(1 sheet)” on

page 40

Menu descriptions U “Cut Sheet(1 sheet) menu” on

page 136

DPrinter Status menu button

Touch this button when you want to check the status

of consumables or details of displayed notifications.

U “Printer Status menu” on page 137

ESettings menu button

Touch this button when you want to perform

maintenance or configure the printer operation

settings, network settings, or other settings. See the

following for more details.

U “Settings menu” on page 138

FInformation icon

When there are notifications, such as consumable

remaining amount low warnings, the number of

notifications is indicated by a badge at the top right

of this icon. If you touch this icon when the badge is

displayed, a list of the notifications that require your

action is displayed. Touching each item displays

instructions on what to do. If you do not perform the

actions, the badge will not disappear.

GNetwork icon

The network connection status is indicated by an

icon as shown below.

Touching the icon allows you to switch the network

connection status.

U “Changing the Network Connection Methods”

on page 96

Not connected to a wired LAN or the

wired LAN or wireless LAN not set.

Connected to a wired LAN.

Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) is disabled.

Searching for SSID, IP address not set, or

signal strength is 0 or poor.

Connected to a wireless LAN (Wi-Fi).

The number of lines indicates the signal

strength. The more lines there are, the

better the signal strength.

Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) connection is

disabled.

Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) connection is

enabled.

HConsumables status icon

Estimates of the remaining amounts of ink

cartridges and the empty space in the Maintenance

Box are indicated by the length of the bars. The

shorter a bar is, the lower the remaining amount of

ink or space.

When is displayed, the remaining amount of the

corresponding ink cartridge or the amount of empty

space in the Maintenance Box is low. Touching the

icon displays the consumables status screen so that

you can check the ink cartridge and Maintenance

Box product numbers. This is a shortcut button for

Supply Status in the Printer Status menu.

U “Printer Status menu” on page 137

Except for the SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T3100M Series

When you connect an Epson A3 or A4 scanner to the

printer, Enlarged Copy appears to allow you to easily

make enlarged copies.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

U “Making Enlarged Copies with an A3 or A4 Scanner

(Except for the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series)”

on page 111

SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series

only

The Copy, Scan, and Network Folder buttons are

displayed on the screen.

U “Copy (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series

only)” on page 103

U “Scan (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series

only)” on page 107

U “Printing Files from a Shared Folder (Print from

Folder)” on page 100

Inserting USB flash drive into the printer displays a

Memory Device button on the screen.

U “Printing Files on USB Flash Memory Directly” on

page 101

Using your Presets

The following screen has a Presets button at the top

right of the screen. (The following illustration shows an

example of the Copy screen.)

❏Enlarged Copy screen (except for the SC-T5100M

Series/SC-T3100M Series)

❏Copy, Scan, Memory Device screen (SC-T5100M

Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

❏Press Presets and then Overwrite User Settings to

continue using the current settings from the next

time you print.

❏Press the Presets button, press Save as Preset, enter

the name you want to use, and then press OK to

Entering a registration name

You can use a keyboard to enter the name of the preset.

AChange character type button

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

Each time you press the button, the type of

characters you can enter change as follows.

ABC: Enters alphabet letters.

123#: Enters numbers and symbols.

BChange input method button

Each time you press the button, the keyboard layout

changes as shown in the illustration.

Deleting a saved preset

Press the Presets button, press the " " area on the right

of the Presets, and then press the + (trash) button on the

next screen to delete the preset.

When restoring the initial values for Copy/Scan to the

manufacturer's settings

Select General Settings - System Administration -

Restore Default Settings, and then select Copy

Settings or Scan Settings.

This procedure does not delete your saved presets.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

Features of Printer

Realizing High Resolution

CAD drawings that are clear, legible,

and can even be used safely outdoors

Newly-developed Epson UltraChrome XD2 ink enables

the printer to produce extremely detailed drawings both

in black and white and in color.

The supplied printer driver offers a line drawing mode,

making it easier to optimize printing for line drawing

and, through unsurpassed reproduction of line drawing

and fine lines in the form of connected lines, diagonals,

and curves, ensuring the best possible results when the

printer is used for drawings.

In addition, you can even safely take your drawings

outdoors with you because they are printed using ink

with excellent water resistance.

U “Printing CAD Drawings” on page 60

Posters and displays that are vivid

and also allow for short-term outdoor

display

Posters with vivid hues can be printed simply by

selecting, for example, Poster (Photo)/Perspective in

Select Target of the supplied printer driver.

Using ink with superb light resistance means that prints

made for indoor use will take a very long time to fade.

Your posters will last even longer if you use lamination

processing.

The effect differs depending on the paper.

Insistence on Ease-of-Use

Space-saving large-format printer

As the printer is smaller and lighter than our standard

large-format printers, it does not take up as much space.

The model without a stand can even be placed on a

drawing storage cabinet or the like. See the following for

dimensions.

U “Specifications Table” on page 222

Automatic switching between auto

sheet feeder (cut sheets) and roll

paper

You can load roll paper in the printer, and load multiple

sheets of A3 or smaller paper in the auto sheet feeder at

the same time. Selecting one of them from the printer

driver's Source settings allows you to automatically

switch paper and print easily.

Smooth operation while checking the

operating instructions on the screen

In addition to having a screen design that enables

intuitive operation, this printer allows you to check

illustrated instructions of operations such as how to

load paper.

U Operator's Guide (booklet or PDF)

Printer driver that is simple and easy

to operate

Print settings can be optimized simply by choosing the

desired use or target. This saves you the trouble of

adjusting print settings individually. When you select a

Source setting, printing failures due to paper loading

mistakes are reduced because the size and type of paper

loaded in the printer are applied automatically.

In addition to checking the set conditions in an

illustration in the printer driver, you can also check a

detailed image in the preview screen before printing.

Support for wireless LAN connection

This printer can be freely placed where desired without

considering cable routing because it can connect with a

computer via a wireless LAN to print. Of course, it also

supports a wired LAN connection.

Furthermore, even if your device is not connected to a

LAN, this printer also allows printing by directly

connecting with it using Wi-Fi Direct.

U “Switching to Wireless LAN” on page 96

U “Directly Connecting Wirelessly (Wi-Fi Direct)”

on page 97

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

Notes on Usage and

Storage

Installation space

Make sure that you secure the following space, clear of

any other objects, so that paper ejection and

consumable replacement are not obstructed.

See the "Specifications Table" for the external

dimensions of the printer.

U “Specifications Table” on page 222

SC-T5100M Series/SC-T5100 Series/SC-T3100 Series/

SC-T3100M Series

When the optional Stand (24") is installed for the

SC-T3100M Series.

W D H

SC-T5100M

Series

1373 mm 1270 mm 1203 mm

SC-T5100 Series 1318 mm 1270 mm 1063 mm

SC-T3100 Series 1020 mm 1270 mm 1063 mm

SC-T3100M

Series

1075 mm 1270 mm 1203 mm

SC-T3100M Series/SC-T5100N Series/SC-T3100N

Series/SC-T2100 Series/SC-T5100M Series

SC-T5100M Series without the stand.

W D H

SC-T3100M

Series

1075 mm 915 mm 520 mm

SC-T5100N

Series

1318 mm 915 mm 380 mm

SC-T3100N

Series

SC-T2100 Series

1020 mm 915 mm 380 mm

SC-T5100M

Series

1373 mm 915 mm 520 mm

*1 105 mm for the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series

*2 228 mm for the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series

*3 You need at least 137 mm of space at the back when

using the document support on the SC-T5100M

Series/SC-T3100M Series.

*4 You need at least 130 mm of space at the back when

replacing the maintenance box.

Notes when using the printer

Note the following points when using this printer to

avoid breakdowns, malfunctions, and print quality

decline.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

❏When using the printer, observe the operating

temperature and humidity range described in the

"Specifications Table".

U “Specifications Table” on page 222

Even when the conditions above are met, you may

not be able to print properly if the environmental

conditions are not suitable for the paper. Be sure to

use the printer in an environment where the paper's

requirements are met. For more details, see the

documentation supplied with the paper.

Also, when operating in dry areas, air conditioned

environment, or under direct sunlight, maintain

the appropriate humidity.

❏Do not install the printer next to heat sources or

directly in the path of air from a ventilator or air

conditioner. Failure to observe this precaution

could result in the print head nozzles drying and

clogging.

❏The print head may not be capped (i.e., may not

move to the right-hand side) if an error occurs and

the printer is turned off without first resolving the

error. Capping is a function for automatically

covering the print head with a cap (lid) to prevent

the print head from drying out. In this case, turn on

the power and wait a while until capping is

performed automatically.

❏When the power is on, do not remove the power

plug or cut the power at the breaker. The print head

may not be capped properly. In this case, turn on the

power and wait a while until capping is performed

automatically.

❏Even when printing is not performed, some of each

color of ink will be consumed by ink cartridge

replacement, print head cleaning, and other

maintenance operations needed to keep the print

head in good condition.

❏The printer may automatically perform print head

cleaning to maintain good printing quality. Please

wait until cleaning finishes without opening any of

the covers or turning off the power.

Notes when not using the printer

If you are not using it, note the following points when

storing the printer. If it is not stored correctly, you may

not be able to print properly the next time it is used.

❏When storing the printer, store it flat with the ink

cartridges installed. Do not place the printer tilted,

upright, or upside down.

❏If you do not print for a long time, the print head

nozzles may become clogged. We recommend that

you print once a week to prevent the print head

from clogging.

❏The roller may leave an impression on paper that is

left in the printer. This can also cause wavy or curled

paper resulting in paper feeding problems or the

print head could be scratched. Remove any paper

when storing.

❏Store the printer after confirming that the print

head has been capped (the print head is positioned

at the far right). If the print head is left uncapped for

a long time, the print quality may decline.

Note:

If the print head is not capped, turn the printer on,

and then turn it off.

❏To prevent the accumulation of dust and other

foreign matter in the printer, close all covers before

placing it in storage.

If the printer will be not be used for an extended

period, protect it with an anti-static cloth or other

cover.

The print head nozzles are very small, and they can

become clogged easily if fine dust gets on the print

head, and you may not be able to print properly.

❏The print head may fail if the environmental

temperature becomes -10˚C or lower. If the

environmental temperature in the room or during

transport is expected to become -10˚C or lower, be

sure to discharge the ink in advance.

U “Handling if Transporting/Leaving the Printer

in an Environment of -10˚C or Less” on page 218

Notes on handling ink cartridges

Note the following points when handling ink cartridges

to maintain good print quality.

❏The ink cartridges packaged with your printer are

partly used during initial setup. In order to produce

high quality printouts, the print head in your

printer will be fully charged with ink. This one-off

process consumes a quantity of ink and therefore

these cartridges may print fewer pages compared to

subsequent ink cartridges.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

❏The Initial Cartridge included with the printer is

designed for printer setup and not for resale or later

use. After some ink is used for charging, the rest is

available for printing. For the initial setup, make

sure you use the Initial Cartridge.

❏We recommend that ink cartridges be stored at

room temperature out of direct sunlight and used

before the expiry date printed on the packaging.

❏To ensure good results, use all the ink in the

cartridges within 6 months of opening the

packages.

❏Do not open the ink cartridge package until you are

ready to install it in the printer. A vacuum pack is

used to maintain quality.

❏Ink cartridges that have been stored at low

temperatures for an extended period should be

allowed to return to room temperature over a

period of at least three hours.

❏Be sure to peel off the tape (yellow) before installing

an ink cartridge. If you attempt to forcibly install an

ink cartridge without removing the tape, the printer

may become unable to print properly. Never peel

off anything else such as the film or label.

Otherwise, ink could leak.

❏Do not touch the IC chip on the ink cartridge. You

may not be able to print properly.

U “Replacing Ink Cartridges” on page 181

❏Install the ink cartridges for all the colors. Printing

is not possible if they are not all installed.

❏Do not leave the printer without ink cartridges

installed. The print head nozzles may dry and

printing may become no longer possible.

❏The ink level and other data are stored in the IC

chip, allowing cartridges to be used after being

removed and replaced. However, if an ink cartridge

with not much ink remaining is removed and

reinstalled, it may not be usable because some ink is

consumed to ensure the reliability of the printer.

❏To avoid getting dust on the ink supply port, store a

removed partially used ink cartridge with the ink

supply port downward or horizontal in the same

environment as this product. The ink supply port

has a valve in it so it does not need to be capped.

❏Removed ink cartridges may have ink around the

ink supply port, so be careful not to get any ink on

the surrounding area when removing the

cartridges.

❏To maintain the quality of the print head, this

printer stops printing before ink cartridges are

completely expended.

❏Although the ink cartridges may contain recycled

materials, this does not affect printer function or

performance.

❏Do not dismantle or remodel ink cartridges. You

may not be able to print properly.

❏Do not drop or otherwise subject an ink cartridge to

a strong impact. Ink may leak from the cartridge.

❏Even when the printer is not in use, some of each

color of ink will be consumed by ink cartridge

replacement, print head cleaning, and other

maintenance operations needed to keep the print

head in good condition.

❏A mixture of color inks may be used to print black

depending on the paper type and print quality

settings even for black and white and grayscale

printing.

Notes on handling paper

Note the following points when handling and storing

the paper. If the paper is not in good condition, print

quality may decline.

Check the documentation supplied with each paper.

Notes on Handling

❏Use Epson special media under normal room

conditions (temperature: 15 to 25˚C, humidity: 40

to 60%).

❏Do not fold the paper or scratch the surface of the

paper.

❏Avoid touching the printable surface of the paper

with your bare hands. Moisture and oils from your

hands can affect print quality.

❏Handle paper by the edges. We recommend

wearing cotton gloves.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

❏Changes in temperature and humidity may cause

paper to become wavy or curled. Check the

following points.

❏Load the paper just before printing.

❏Do not use wavy or curled paper.

For roll paper, cut off the wavy or curled parts

and then load it again.

For cut sheets, use new paper.

❏Do not wet the paper.

❏Do not throw away the paper packaging as you can

use it for storing the paper.

❏Avoid locations that are subject to direct sunlight,

excessive heat, or humidity.

❏Keep cut sheets in their original package after

opening, and keep them in a flat place.

❏Remove roll paper that is not in use from the

printer. Rewind it correctly and then store it in the

original packaging that came with the roll paper. If

you leave the roll paper in the printer for a long

time, its quality may decline.

Notes on handling printed paper

To maintain long lasting, high quality print results, note

the following points.

❏Do not rub or scratch print outs. If they are rubbed

or scratched, the ink may peel off.

❏Do not touch the surface of print outs. The ink may

peel off.

❏Make sure the print outs are completely dry before

folding of stacking; otherwise, the color may change

where they touch (leaves a mark). These marks will

disappear if they are separated immediately and

dried; however, they will remain if not separated.

❏If you put the print outs in an album before they are

completely dry, they may be blurred.

❏Do not use a dryer to dry the print outs.

❏Avoid direct sunlight.

❏Prevent color distortion while displaying or storing

the print outs by following the instructions in the

paper's documentation.

Note:

Typically, print outs and photos fade over time (color

distortion) due to the effects of light and various

constituents in the air. This also applies to Epson special

media. However, with the correct storage method, the

degree of color distortion can be minimized.

❏See the documentation supplied with Epson special

media for detailed information on handling the

paper after printing.

❏The colors of photos, posters, and other printed

materials appear different under different lighting

conditions (light sources

). The colors of print outs

from this printer may also appear different under

different light sources.

* Light sources include sunlight, fluorescent light,

incandescent light, and other types.

Saving Power

The printer enters sleep mode or turns off automatically

if no operations are performed for a set period. You can

adjust the time before power management is applied.

Any increase will affect the product's energy efficiency.

Please consider the environment before making any

change.

Sleep mode

The printer enters sleep mode when there are no errors,

no print jobs being received, and no control panel or

other operations performed. When the printer enters

sleep mode, the control panel's screen turns off and the

internal motors and other parts switch off to consume

less power.

Sleep mode is exited if a print job is received or the

screen of the control panel is touched.

You can set the time it takes for the printer to enter sleep

mode. At default settings, the printer enters sleep mode

if no operations are performed for 15 minutes. The time

it takes for the printer to enter sleep mode can be

changed in the Basic Settings menu.

U “General Settings - Basic Settings” on page 138

Note:

When the printer enters sleep mode, the control panel's

screen goes blank as if the power has been turned off, but

the P light remains lit.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

Power Off Timer

This function automatically turns the printer off if no

errors occur, no print jobs are received, and no control

panel or other operations are performed for a set period

of time.

The default setting differs as follows depending on the

model.

❏SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series/SC-T5100

Series/SC-T5100N Series/SC-T3100 Series/

SC-T3100N Series/SC-T2100 Series

Set to 8h.

❏Models other than the above

Set to Off.

Power Off Timer settings can be changed from the Basic

Settings menu.

U “General Settings - Basic Settings” on page 138

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introduction

Introducing the Software

Provided Software

The following table lists the provided software.

The supplied software disc contains the software for Windows. When using a Mac or a computer without a disc drive,

download the software from http://epson.sn and then install it.

For details on the various software, see the online help of each software or the Administrator's Guide (online manual).

Note:

Convenient software compatible with this printer is introduced on the Epson website. Please check the information from the

following link.

https://www.epson.com

Software Name Function

Printer Driver Install the printer driver to take full advantage of the functionality of this printer when

printing.

U “Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer” on page 49

EPSON Software Updater Software to check whether there is any software update information and then notify you

and install the software if an update is available. It allows you to update the firmware and

already installed software of the printer.

U “Updating Software or Installing Additional Software” on page 27

LFP Print Plug-In for Office

(Windows Only)

Plug-in software for Microsoft Office applications (Word, Excel, and PowerPoint). Installing

this plug-in displays ribbon items in Office applications that give quick access to horizontal

and vertical banner printing and enlarged printing.

It can be installed by selecting it in the Additional Installation screen when installing the

software. You can also install it later with EPSON Software Updater.

The supported Microsoft versions are shown below.

Office 2003/Office 2007/Office 2010/Office 2013/Office 2016

EpsonNet Config Software to configure the initial settings of the network or change the settings of the

network in bulk when installing or relocating Epson printers and scanners.

EpsonNet Config is not installed automatically. Download it from the Epson website and

then install it if necessary.

https://www.epson.com

For Windows, you can install the software from the following folder on the supplied

software disc.

\\Network\EpsonNetConfig

U Administrator's Guide

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introducing the Software

Built-in Software in the Printer

The following software comes preinstalled in the printer. Start and use it from a Web browser via the network.

Software Name Function

Web Config The network security settings can be confi gu r e d f r om W e b C o nf i g. T h is s o ft w ar e al s o ha s a n

email notification function for notifying of printer errors and other problems.

U “How to Use Web Config” on page 26

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introducing the Software

How to Use Web Config

This section describes how to start the software and

provides a summary of its functions.

How to Start

Start the software from a web browser on a computer or

smart device that is connected to the same network as

the printer.

Check the IP address of the printer.

Touch on the Home screen, select the

connected network, and check the IP address.

Note:

The IP address can also be checked by printing a

network connection check report. A report can be

printed by touching the following in order from the

Home screen.

Settings - General Settings - Network Settings -

Connection Check

Start a Web browser on a computer or smart

device connected to the printer via the network.

Enter the IP address of the printer in the address

bar of the Web browser and press the Enter or

Return key.

Format:

IPv4: http://IP address of printer/

IPv6: http://[IP address of printer]/

Example:

IPv4: http://192.168.100.201/

IPv6: http://[2001:db8::1000:1]/

Closing

Close the Web browser.

Function Summary

This section introduces the main functions of Web

Config. See the Administrator's Guide for more details.

Main Functions

❏Check the printer's status, such as the remaining

amount of ink.

❏Check and update the printer's firmware version.

❏Configure the printer's network settings and

advanced security settings, such as SSL/TLS

communication, IPsec/IP filtering, and

IEEE802.1X, which cannot be configured with the

printer alone.

❏Edit the custom paper settings and export and

import the settings.

The custom paper settings registered in Settings -

General Settings - Printer Settings - Custom

Paper Setting of the printer can be changed as well

as exported to a file and then imported (registered)

to another printer. This is convenient when you

install multiple printers and want to use common

custom paper settings for them.

❏You can print by simply selecting the file you want

to print, and then uploading it to the printer.

(SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

U “Printing Directly Over the Web (Upload and

Print)” on page 99

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introducing the Software

Updating Software or

Installing Additional

Software

When you install the software during setup as described

in the Setup Guide, Epson Software Updater is installed.

Epson Software Updater allows you to update the

printer's firmware, update software that has been

installed on your computer, and install additional

software for this printer.

Note:

The software is updated as needed for greater

convenience and more robust functionality. We

recommend setting to receive update notifications with

Epson Software Updater and updating the software as

soon as possible when there is a notification.

Checking Whether Updates

Available and Updating

Software

Check that the computer and printer are in the

following states.

❏Computer is connected to the Internet.

❏Printer and computer can communicate.

Start Epson Software Updater.

❏Windows

Display the list of all the programs and then

click Epson Software Updater in the Epson

Software folder.

Note:

❏If you press the Windows key (key with

Windows logo mark) on the keyboard and

then type the software name in the search box

of the displayed window, the software appears

immediately.

❏The software can also be started by clicking the

printer icon on the Taskbar of the desktop and

then selecting Software Update.

❏Mac

Select Go - Applications - Epson Software -

EPSON Software Updater.

Select the software or manuals to be updated and

then update them.

Follow the on-screen instructions.

Important:

Do not turn off the computer or printer during

the update.

Note:

Software not displayed in the list cannot be

updated with EPSON Software Updater. Check the

latest versions of software on the Epson website.

Please note that you cannot update or install

software using Epson Software Updater if you are

using a Windows Server OS. Download the

software from the Epson website.

https://www.epson.com

Receiving Update Notifications

Windows

Start Epson Software Updater.

Click Auto update settings.

Select the interval to perform the update check in

the Interval to Check field of the printer and

then click OK.

Mac

The software is set by default to check and notify

whether there are updates every 30 days.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introducing the Software

Uninstalling Software

Windows

Important:

❏You must log in as an Administrator.

❏If the password or confirmation of an

administrator is requested, enter the password

and then continue with the operation.

Turn off the printer, and unplug the interface

cable.

Close all applications running on your computer.

Go to the Control Panel and click Uninstall a

program from the Programs category.

Select the software you want to remove and then

click Uninstall/Change (or Change/Remove /

Add/Remove).

You can remove the printer driver and EPSON

Status Monitor 3 by selecting EPSON

SC-XXXXX Printer Uninstall.

Select the printer icon, and then click OK.

Follow the on-screen instructions to continue.

When the delete confirmation message appears,

click Yes.

Restart the computer if you are reinstalling the printer

driver.

Mac

When reinstalling or upgrading the printer driver or

other software, follow the steps below to uninstall the

target software first.

Printer Driver

Use the "Uninstaller".

Downloading the Uninstaller

Download the "Uninstaller" from the Epson website.

https://www.epson.com

Using the Uninstaller

Follow the instructions on the Epson website.

Other Software

Drag and drop folder with the software name from the

Applications folder into Trash to delete.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Introducing the Software

Loading and Setting

the Paper

Notes on Loading the

Paper

Caution:

Do not rub the edges of the paper with your hands.

The edges of the paper are thin and sharp and could

cause an injury.

Do not leave paper loaded in the printer.

The roller may leave an impression on paper that is left

in the printer. In addition, the paper may become wavy

or curled due to damp, which may cause paper feeding

problems, paper jams, or soiled prints.

We recommend that you return the paper to its original

package and store it flat, and take it out of the package

for use when printing.

Do not load roll paper with the right and left edges

uneven

Loading roll paper with the right and left edges uneven

may cause paper feeding problems or paper meandering

may occur during printing. Rewind the paper to make

the edges even before using roll paper or use roll paper

with no problem.

Do not load curled paper

Loading curled paper may cause paper jams or soiled

prints. Flatten the paper before use by bending it in the

opposite way or use paper with no problem.

Unsupported paper

Do not use paper that is wavy, torn, cut, folded, too

thick, too thin, has a sticker affixed, etc. Doing so may

cause paper jams or soiled prints. See the following for

paper supported by the printer.

U “Epson Special Media Table” on page 209

U “Supported Commercially Available Paper” on

page 212

Paper Load Position

The loading position differs depending on the shape and

size of the paper being loaded. See the following for

more details on the paper that can be used with the

printer.

U “Supported Media” on page 209

Roll Paper

You can load roll paper from 297 mm to the maximum

printable width.

Auto Sheet Feeder

You can load multiple sheets of A4 to A3 paper. The

number of sheets that can be loaded at one time depends

on the paper. See the following for more details.

U “Cut Sheet” on page 210

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

Cut Sheet(1 sheet)

One sheet of cut paper from A4 to the maximum

printable width can be loaded.

Note:

❏The paper slot for Roll Paper and Cut Sheet(1 sheet)

is the same. Insert either one into the paper slot.

❏You can load paper in the auto sheet feeder while roll

paper is loaded. You can switch to the paper source

you want to print from in the printer driver.

Loading and Removing

the Roll Paper

Place the roll paper on the supplied spindle and then

load the roll paper in the printer.

When replacing paper, remove the loaded paper first.

U “Removing Roll Paper” on page 34

U “Removing Cut Sheet (1 Sheet)” on page 41

If paper is loaded in the auto sheet feeder, remove the

paper, load or remove the roll paper, and then re-load

the paper in the auto sheet feeder. Remove the paper

stacker when printing on roll paper.

U “Removing paper from the auto sheet feeder” on

page 38

U “Installing and removing the paper stacker (for

plain paper)” on page 36

Loading Roll Paper

Caution:

Hold the flange while loading the roll paper. If you

load the paper while holding another part, your

hand or fingers may get trapped causing an injury.

Note:

You can load the paper while viewing the loading

procedure on the screen. To view the procedure on the

screen, touch the Roll paper information area of the

Home screen.

Check that "Load paper." is displayed on the

Home screen and then open the cut sheet cover.

Unlock the center lock and open the roll paper

cover.

Remove the inserted spindle.

Pull off the transparent flange from the spindle.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

Place the roll paper on a flat surface and then

insert the spindle.

With the black flange is on the right, orient the

roll paper so that the leading edge is as shown in

the figure below.

Push the flange to the roll paper until there is no

gap between the flange and roll paper.

Attach the transparent flange and push it until

there is no gap between the flange and roll paper.

If there are gaps between the flanges at both ends

and the roll paper, the paper may be fed skewed

resulting in an error.

Place the spindle shaft into the left and right

grooves on the spindle holder with the black

flange of the spindle on the right.

Check that the leading edge of the roll paper is

not bent and then insert it into the paper slot until

you hear a beep.

Important:

Hold the edges of the paper and insert it

straight into the paper feed slot. Inserting it

skewed will cause a skew error or paper jam.

Note:

If the leading edge of the roll paper is not horizontal

or not cut cleanly, it will be cut automatically after

loading completes. However, it will not be cut if

Auto Cut is set to Off.

Close the roll paper cover and cut sheet cover.

On the displayed screen, set the paper type that

matches the loaded paper and set remaining

amount management if necessary.

Not setting the appropriate paper type will cause

print quality trouble. See the following for more

details on the paper types and the remaining

amount management setting.

U “For Roll Paper” on page 42

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

Important:

When paper equivalent to B1 width is loaded

in the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T5100 Series/

SC-T5100N Series

Raise the B1 width paper support as shown in

the figure only when you have loaded B1 width

(718 to 738 mm) paper. If you do not raise the

B1 width paper support, the print surface may

be scuffed or soiled.

Leave the support lowered when printing to a

size other than equivalent to B1 width.

For the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T5100 Series/

SC-T3100 Series, check that the paper basket

attached to the stand is open.

Note:

Close the paper basket before printing banners or

other documents of sizes that will not fit in the

paper basket. Before the paper ejected from the

printer touches the floor, we suggest that you take it

in both hands close to the paper eject slot and

continue to lightly support it until printing is

complete.

Cutting the Roll Paper

Auto Cut

Auto Cut is set to On for the printer by default. When

On is set, the roll paper is cut automatically at the

following times.

❏When the leading edge is detected as not horizontal

After the roll paper is loaded, the leading edge part

is cut straight.

❏When printing of one page is finished

The roll paper is cut before printing of the next page

starts.

If you do not want to cut each page or you want to cut at a

desired position, see the following procedure.

Cutting after Last Page Printed or at

Desired Position

Turn off auto cut in the printer driver, print, and then

cut using the Feed/Cut Paper menu of the printer after

printing finishes.

Select Off in Advanced - Roll Paper Option -

Auto Cut of the printer driver and then print.

Leave the auto cut setting of the printer on.

Note:

❏The auto cut setting of the printer driver has

priority over that of the printer. The auto cut

setting of the printer driver is reset to the

default setting of Normal Cut when the

application closes.

❏To turn off auto cut when HP-GL/2 mode

printing or enlarged copying, turn off the auto

cut setting of the printer. Touch the Roll paper

information area - Advanced Media Setting -

Auto Cut - Off from the Home screen. The

change to the setting is saved as a setting of the

currently selected paper type.

Touch the Roll paper information area - Feed/

Cut Paper from the Home screen of the printer

after printing finishes.

Use the buttons displayed on the screen to cut

and feed the paper.

When cutting at the printer default cut

position (right after the bottom margin)

Touch the (Cut) button. The paper is cut and

the paper leading edge returns to the print wait

position.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

When cutting at desired position

Hold down the (Forward) or

(Backward) button until the position you want

to cut reaches the position of the dotted line in

the figure.

You cannot set the cutting position further

inside than the bottom margin.

Touch the (Cut) button.

The paper is cut.

Note:

When the length of in the figure is shorter than

the following length, the paper is fed automatically

until the required length is obtained at the time of

cutting.

❏Plain paper or tracing paper: 100 mm

❏Photo paper or coated paper: 80 mm

❏Synthetic paper and other thick paper: 60

Cutting Commercially Available

Synthetic or Canvas Paper with

Scissors

When using commercially available paper that cannot

be cleanly cut with the cutter of the printer, print cut

lines and cut the paper with scissors.

Important:

❏If commercially available synthetic or canvas

paper is cut with the built-in cutter, the cutter

may be damaged or its life may be shortened.

When using such paper, cut the paper with

scissors as described in the following procedure.

❏Do not use a cutter. The printer may be

damaged.

Turn off the auto cut setting and then print.

To print cut lines, turn off the auto cut setting of

the printer. When printing via the printer driver,

also turn off the setting of the printer driver.

❏Printer settings

Roll paper information area - Advanced Media

Setting - Auto Cut - Off from the Home

screen.

❏Printer driver settings

Advanced - Roll Paper Option - Auto Cut -

Off

Touch the Roll paper information area - Feed/

Cut Paper from the Home screen of the printer

after printing finishes.

Operate the buttons displayed on the screen.

When printing cut lines at the printer default

position (right after the bottom margin)

Touch the (Cut) button. The cut or print cut

lines selection screen appears.

When printing cut lines at desired position

Hold down the (Forward) or (Backward)

button until the position you want to print the

cutting line reaches the position of the dotted line

in the figure.

Cut lines cannot be printed further inside than

the bottom margin. Once you have finished

moving the paper, touch (Cut). The cut or

print cut lines selection screen appears.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

Touch Print Cutting Guideline.

Cut lines are printed and the paper is ejected

automatically to a position where it can be easily

cut with scissors.

Cut the paper along the cut lines with scissors and

then touch Done.

The paper rewinds to return the paper leading

edge to the print wait position.

Removing Roll Paper

This section describes how to remove and store roll

paper after printing. If you leave the roll paper loaded in

the printer, the rollers may leave impressions on the roll

paper.

Note:

You can remove the roll paper while viewing the roll

paper removal procedure on the screen. To view the

on-screen instructions, touch the Roll paper information

area on the home screen, and then touch Remove.

If the rear edge of the printed paper is held by the

printer, grasp the paper with both hands and

slowly pull it towards you.

The printed paper drops automatically when the

next print job starts.

Open the cut sheet cover.

Unlock the center lock and open the roll paper

cover.

Press Remove.

The paper is rewound and ejected.

Note:

If printed paper is not cut and remains, a

confirmation screen appears.

Touch Cut to cut the paper at the default cut

position or touch Print Cutting Guideline to print

cut lines at the default position.

If you want to change the cut position or the cut

lines print position, touch Close, and change the

position in the Feed/Cut Paper menu.

See the following for more details.

U “Cutting the Roll Paper” on page 32

Hold the flanges on both ends of the spindle and

remove the spindle from the spindle holder.

Detach the transparent flange from the spindle.

Remove the spindle from the roll paper.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

Important:

After rewinding the roll paper carefully, store it

in the original package.

Attach the transparent flange to the spindle and

return the spindle in the printer.

Close the roll paper cover and cut sheet cover.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

Loading and Removing

Paper from the Auto Sheet

Feeder

Installing and removing the

paper stacker (for plain paper)

Attach the paper stacker supplied when printing

multiple sheets of plain paper continuously from the

auto sheet feeder.

The stacker can hold approximately 20 sheets of printed

paper.

However, when printing on roll paper or cut sheets (1

sheet), remove the paper stacker so that paper can be

ejected smoothly.

Installing

Insert the hooks on the paper stacker straight into the

slots on the front of the printer.

Removing

Pull the paper stacker straight out to remove it.

Loading paper into the auto

sheet feeder

Note:

❏The number of sheets that you can load into the auto

sheet feeder varies depending on the paper type. See

the following for more details.

U “Cut Sheet” on page 210

U “Supported Commercially Available Paper” on

page 212

❏You can load the paper while viewing the loading

procedure on the screen. To view the procedure on

the screen, touch Paper Setting - Auto Sheet Feeder

from the Home screen.

Important:

When loading multiple sheets of printing paper,

carefully wipe away any paper dust and arrange the

edges. However, do not clean or bend photo paper.

Otherwise, the printable surface could be scratched.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

Check that Load paper.or Ready is displayed on

the Home screen, and then open the cut sheet

cover.

Unfold the auto sheet feeder, and pull it up and

out.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

Load paper in the auto sheet feeder with the

printable side facing you.

Align the paper edges before loading.

Important:

Insert all paper in portrait orientation.

Inserting paper in landscape orientation may

cause a decline in print quality.

Align the edge guides with the edges of the paper.

If the edge guides are too far from the edges of the

paper, the paper may be fed at an angle which can

cause skew errors and paper jams.

On the displayed screen, set the paper type and

size that match the loaded paper.

Not setting the appropriate paper type will cause

print quality trouble. See the following for more

details on the paper types and sizes.

U “For Auto Sheet Feeder/Cut Sheet(1 sheet)”

on page 44

Removing paper from the auto

sheet feeder

Move the edge guides away from the paper and

remove the paper.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

Push the auto sheet feeder back into its slots, and

then fold it forward.

Close the cut sheet cover.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

Loading and Removing

Cut Sheet(1 sheet)

Loading Cut Sheet(1 sheet)

When roll paper is loaded, remove it.

U “Removing Roll Paper” on page 34

If paper is loaded in the auto sheet feeder, remove the

paper and stow the auto sheet feeder. Also, make sure

you remove the paper stacker if it is installed.

U “Removing paper from the auto sheet feeder” on

page 38

U “Installing and removing the paper stacker (for

plain paper)” on page 36

Check that Load paper.is displayed on the Home

screen, and then touch Paper Setting - Cut

Sheet(1 sheet).

Open the cut sheet cover.

With the printable side of the paper facing you,

align the right edge of the paper with the right

edge mark, and the left edge of the paper with the

paper size mark.

Important:

Insert all paper in portrait orientation.

Inserting paper in landscape orientation may

cause a decline in print quality.

Insert the leading edge of the paper straight into

the paper slot until you hear a beep.

Important:

Hold the edges of the paper and insert it

straight into the paper feed slot. Inserting it

skewed will cause a skew error or paper jam.

On the displayed screen, set the paper type and

size that match the loaded paper.

Not setting the appropriate paper type will cause

print quality trouble. See the following for more

details on the paper types and sizes.

U “For Auto Sheet Feeder/Cut Sheet(1 sheet)”

on page 44

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

Important:

W he n p ap er eq ui va l en t t o B 1 s iz e i s l oa d ed in

the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T5100 Series/

SC-T5100N Series

Raise the B1 width paper support as shown in

the figure only when you have loaded B1 width

(718 to 738 mm) paper. If you do not raise the

B1 width paper support, the print surface may

be scuffed or soiled.

Leave the support lowered when printing to a

size other than equivalent to B1 width.

For the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T5100 Series/

SC-T3100 Series, check that the paper basket

attached to the stand is open.

Removing Cut Sheet (1 Sheet)

When removing unprinted cut sheets

Touch Paper Setting - Cut Sheet(1 sheet) - Remove

from the Home screen.

The paper is ejected.

When removing printed cut sheets

Grasp the paper with both hands, and pull it out towards

you.

After printing, the paper stops with the trailing edge still

held by the printer. If you start printing the next job

before removing it manually, it will drop automatically.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

Setting Loaded Paper

For Roll Paper

Configure the following settings after loading roll paper.

Paper Type settings

This is the most important setting to obtain the

optimum print results. Not setting a paper type that

matches the loaded paper will cause wrinkles, scuffing,

uneven colors, and other trouble.

Manage Remaining Amount settings

When Manage Remaining Amount is set to On and the

total length of the loaded roll paper has been entered, an

estimate of the remaining amount of roll paper is

displayed on the printer's Home screen and on the

printer driver screen. Furthermore, a notification can

also be displayed when the remaining amount has

become low.

The remaining amount is saved along with the paper

type selected above. For example, you can manage the

amount remaining for plain paper and tracing paper

separately.

Note:

When you want to manage the amount remaining when

using roll paper with different widths with the same

paper type, register one width in Custom Paper Setting.

Registering a Custom Paper Setting means adding a new

paper type setting. Register the new settings in Settings -

General Settings - Printer Settings - Custom Paper

Setting. For details on Custom Paper Setting, see the

following Custom Paper Setting menu.

U “General Settings - Printer Settings” on page 141

How to Set

The currently set paper type is shown on the

screen displayed after loading roll paper.

When changing Paper Type

Proceed to step 2.

When setting Paper Remaining without

changing Paper Type

Proceed to step 5.

When not changing either of them

Touch OK. You can start printing once Ready

appears on the screen.

Note:

The settings are confirmed if no operations are

performed for 90 seconds on the above screen. To

change the settings later, touch the Roll paper

information area - Change Paper Type from the

Home screen and then configure the settings.

Touch Paper Type.

The following paper type selection screen

appears.

Note:

The three options other than Others display the

most recently selected paper type.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

Select the paper type that matches the loaded roll

paper.

Epson Special Media

Select the same product name as the one shown

on the package of the paper.

Commercially available non-Epson paper

Select from the following commercially available

paper types.

❏Plain Paper

❏Coated Paper(Generic)

❏Photo Paper(Generic)

❏Tracing Paper

❏Tracing Paper <LowDuty>

❏Matte Film

❏Blueprint Paper

To select a paper type that is not displayed on the

screen, touch Others.

Select a category and select the target paper type.

Note:

If you scroll downward in the category selection

screen, Custom Paper appears. To select custom

paper that has already been registered, touch

Custom Paper.

When a paper type is selected, the screen returns

to the one in step 1.

If you will not set the remaining amount

management setting, touch OK.

Touch Paper Remaining.

Touch Setup.

The setting changes to On, and Remaining

Amount and Remaining Alert are enabled.

Touch each one and enter a value as follows.

❏Remaining Amount: Total length of roll paper

(see the manual supplied with the roll paper)

❏Remaining Alert: Remaining amount value

that will be the timing for displaying the

remaining amount warning notification.

Note:

On the keypad screen for entering a numeric value,

enter numbers that include a number of the first

decimal place. For example, if you want to enter 5

m, touch [5] and [0].

Touch at the top left of the screen to return to

the screen of step 5 and then touch OK.

You can start printing once Ready appears on the

screen.

Note:

If you replace the paper after the amount remaining

display shows 0 m or the paper has actually run out,

Remaining Amount returns to the manufacturer's

setting of 30m.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

For Auto Sheet Feeder/Cut

Sheet(1 sheet)

Make the following settings after loading paper in the

Auto Sheet Feeder or after loading Cut Sheet(1 sheet).

Settings of Paper Type

This is the most important setting to obtain the

optimum print results. Not setting a paper type that

matches the loaded paper will cause wrinkles, scuffing,

uneven colors, and other trouble.

Settings of Paper Size

The paper size for paper loaded in the auto sheet feeder

or for Cut Sheet(1 sheet) is not detected automatically.

Set the size of the loaded paper.

How to Set

The currently set paper type is shown on the

screen displayed after loading cut sheet.

When changing Paper Type

Proceed to step 2.

When changing Paper Size without changing

Paper Type

Proceed to step 4.

When not changing either of them

Touch OK. You can start printing once Ready

appears on the screen.

Note:

The settings are confirmed if no operations are

performed for 90 seconds on the above screen. To

change the settings later, touch the following in

order from the Home screen and then configure the

settings.

❏For Auto Sheet Feeder

Paper Setting - Auto Sheet Feeder - Change

Paper Type/Paper Size

❏For Cut Sheet(1 sheet)

Paper Setting - Cut Sheet(1 sheet) - Change

Paper Type/Paper Size

Touch Paper Type.

The following paper type selection screen

appears.

Note:

The three options other than Others display the

most recently selected paper type.

Select the paper type that matches the loaded

paper.

Epson Special Media

Select the same product name as the one shown

on the package of the paper.

Commercially available non-Epson paper

Select from the following commercially available

paper types.

❏Plain Paper

❏Coated Paper(Generic)

❏Photo Paper(Generic)

❏Tracing Paper

❏Tracing Paper <LowDuty>

❏Matte Film

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

❏Blueprint Paper

To select a paper type that is not displayed on the

screen, touch Others.

Select a category and select the target paper type.

When a paper type is confirmed, the screen

returns to the one in step 1.

Note:

If you scroll downward in the category selection

screen, Custom Paper appears. To select custom

paper that has already been registered, touch

Custom Paper.

Touch Paper Size.

If you will not change the paper size, touch OK.

For Auto Sheet Feeder

For Cut Sheet(1 sheet)

Select a category and select the target paper size.

Note:

Setting non-standard size

For a non-standard size, touch User-Defined at

the end of the list and then enter the paper width

and length.

On the keypad screen for entering a numeric value,

enter numbers that include a number of the first

decimal place. For example, if you want to enter 5

m, touch [5] and [0].

When the screen of step 1 is redisplayed, touch

OK.

You can start printing once Ready appears on the

screen.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

Optimizing Paper

Settings (Media Adjust)

Perform Media Adjust in the following cases. You can

make adjustments easily by using the wizard to make

sure that your paper prints correctly.

❏When there are streaks, double ruled lines, or

warped characters in the print results

❏When registered with custom paper settings

Adjustment results are saved until the next time you

make adjustments. After adjustments are complete,

simply select the paper type and the printer will print

correctly.

Note:

Adjustment for paper registered with custom

paper settings

For roll paper and cut sheets, optimal paper settings will

differ even when the paper types are the same. When

using roll paper and cut sheets with the same paper type,

adjustments separately.

Registering a Custom Paper Setting means adding a new

paper type setting. Register the new settings in Settings -

General Settings - Printer Settings - Custom Paper

Setting.

For details on Custom Paper Setting, see the following

Custom Paper Setting menu.

U “General Settings - Printer Settings” on page 141

Notes on Making Adjustments

❏Correctly load the paper that actually requires

adjustment and then select the paper type that

matches the loaded paper.

❏If paper with visible curls, wrinkles, waves, folds, or

bends is used, correct adjustment may not be

possible. Remove curled, wavy, or folded sections

by cutting them off.

Adjusting

Adjustments are performed by using a wizard. Follow

the on-screen instructions to print the adjustment

pattern twice.

Adjustments are made by visually checking the pattern

and specifying the optimal pattern from the first and

second adjustment sheets.

The following shows the length and number of sheets of

paper used for adjustment pattern printing.

Roll paper: Approx. 420 mm

Auto sheet feeder: 2 sheets of A4 or A3

Cut sheets: 1 sheet for A2 or larger, 2 sheets for smaller

than A2

Touch the following in order from the Home

screen.

❏Roll Paper

Roll paper information area - Media Adjust

❏Auto Sheet Feeder

Paper Setting - Auto Sheet Feeder - Media

Adjust

❏Cut Sheet(1 sheet)

Paper Setting - Cut Sheet(1 sheet) - Media

Adjust

Touch Start.

Printing of the first set of adjustment patterns

starts.

Important:

When auto cutting is turned off for cut sheets

or roll paper that is A2 size or larger, the paper

cannot be removed to perform the second print

even when the first print is complete. Do not

pull the printed paper.

Note:

A print head nozzle clogging check is performed

automatically before adjustment pattern printing.

If nozzles are determined to be clogged, cleaning

starts and the adjustment patterns will be printed

after cleaning finishes.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

Enter the numeric value of the pattern with the

least streaks among the printed adjustment

patterns of #1 and then touch Alignment #2.

In the following example, pattern 0 has the least

streaks so you would enter 0.

If there is no difference between two adjacent

patterns and you are unsure which is the best one

to choose, enter the numeric value that comes

between them. For example, if you are unsure

whether to enter pattern 0 or 2, enter 1.

Enter the numeric value of the pattern with the

least streaks among the adjustment patterns of #2

and #1, and then touch Alignment #3.

Enter the numeric value of the pattern with the

most visible straight lines among the adjustment

patterns of #3, and then touch Alignment #4.

In the following example, pattern 0 has the most

straight lines, so you would enter 0.

If there is no difference between two adjacent

patterns and you are unsure which is the best one

to choose, enter the numeric value that comes

between them. For example, if you are unsure

whether to enter pattern 0 or 2, enter 1.

In adjustment pattern #4, enter the numeric

value of the pattern with the most straight lines in

#3 on the screen.

Touch OK.

Printing of the second set of adjustment patterns

starts. For cut sheets smaller than A2 size, load

the second sheet of paper.

Important:

When using A2 size or larger cut sheets or roll

paper with the auto cut turned off, the part

with the first set of patterns printed on it is

pulled inside the printer to print the second set

of patterns. Do not touch the paper with your

hands.

Enter the numeric value of the pattern with the

least streaks among the printed adjustment

patterns of #1 and then touch Alignment #2.

In the following example, pattern 0 has the least

streaks so you would enter 0.

Enter the numeric value of the pattern with the

least streaks among the adjustment patterns of #2

in the same way as #1, and then touch Alignment

#3.

Enter the numeric value of the pattern with the

least streaks among the adjustment patterns of #3

and then touch OK.

In the following example, pattern 0 has the least

streaks so you would enter 0.

If there is no difference between two adjacent

patterns and you are unsure which is the best one

to choose, enter the numeric value that comes

between them. For example, if you are unsure

whether to enter pattern 0 or 2, enter 1.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

The adjustment results are saved as settings of the

currently selected paper type. Next time, simply select

the paper type to realize the optimum print results.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Loading and Setting the Paper

Printing with the

Printer Driver from

Your Computer

Basic Operating

Procedures (Windows)

Printing Procedure

This section describes the basic procedure to print

various data, including the data of Word, Excel, and

PowerPoint of Microsoft Office and PDFs of Adobe

Acrobat, using the printer driver from a computer.

Turn on the printer, and load the paper.

U “Loading Roll Paper” on page 30

U “Loading paper into the auto sheet feeder”

on page 36

U “Loading Cut Sheet(1 sheet)” on page 40

When you have created the data in the

application, click Print in the File menu.

Select the printer in Printer and then click

Printer Properties.

The printer driver dialog will be displayed.

Note:

When printing a PDF file

In the Print dialog box of Adobe Acrobat, select the

Actual size (or Page Scaling: None) radial button

and Choose paper source by PDF page size check

box. To enlarge or reduce the size, configure the

setting in the printer driver settings dialog box.

Check Document Size on the Printer Settings tab

of the printer driver.

The paper size set in the application is displayed

automatically. However, the paper sizes (page

sizes) of some applications such as PowerPoint

may not be displayed correctly. In such a case,

click Settings... and specify the size in the

displayed Change Paper Size dialog box.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

If the desired size is not available in the

pull-down menu of the Change Paper Size dialog

box, click Custom Paper Size... and then set and

save a custom size.

U “Printing at Non-Standard Sizes” on

page 67

Set Output Size.

To enlarge or reduce the size, select from the

pull-down menu below the Document Size.

See the following for more details on

enlargement settings.

U “Enlargements and Horizontal and Vertical

Banners” on page 62

Select Source and check the roll paper width and

media type.

Select from Roll Paper, Auto Sheet Feeder, or

Sheet. If you select a paper source for which paper

is not loaded in the printer, appears.

For Roll Paper Width (Paper Size for cut sheets)

and Media Type, the settings configured in the

control panel of the printer are applied

automatically.

Note:

If the paper is loaded or changed after opening the

printer driver's dialog box, the paper size and paper

type settings configured on the printer will not be

applied. In this case, click the Acquire Info button

to apply the settings.

Select Select Target in Print Quality.

Choose an option according to the type of

document and how it will be used.

To set the color correction method or color

balance in detail to match your preferences, clear

the Simple Settings check box. See the following

for more details.

U “Correct color and print” on page 71

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Check that the Print Preview check box is

selected and then click OK.

If a preview is not necessary, clear the check box

and then click OK.

Note:

In the print preview, you can check and change the

print settings while viewing the image to be actually

printed. We recommend to check with the preview

when printing on roll paper or large-sized paper.

Click Print in the Print dialog box of the

application.

The print preview screen appears.

Check the print settings in the print preview

screen, and if there is no problem, click Print to

start printing.

The icons and menus at the top of the preview

screen allow you to change the image display

settings. You can change the print settings using

the menus on the right side. See the help for more

details.

Note:

See the printer driver help for more details on setting

items. You can display the help in the following two ways:

❏Click Help at the bottom right of the screen.

❏Right-click the item you want to check and then click

Help. (This is not possible in the print preview

screen.)

Canceling Printing

There are a few ways to stop printing operations

depending on the situation. When the computer has

finished sending data to the printer, you cannot cancel

the print job from the computer. Cancel on the printer.

Canceling from a Computer

When the Progress Bar is displayed

Click Cancel.

When the Progress Bar is not displayed

Click the printer icon on the taskbar.

Whether or not an icon is displayed depends on

the settings selected for Windows.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Select the print data you want to cancel and click

Cancel in the Document menu.

To cancel all print data, click Cancel All

Documents in the Printer menu.

If the job has been sent to the printer, print data is

not displayed on the above screen.

Canceling on the printer

The Cancel button is displayed on the control panel

screen during printing. Touch the Cancel button. The

print job is canceled even in the middle of printing. It

may take a while before the printer returns to the ready

status.

However, print jobs in the print queue on a computer

cannot be deleted in this way. Use the procedure of

"Canceling from a Computer" to delete print jobs in the

print queue.

Customizing the Printer Driver

You can save the settings or change the display items as

you prefer.

Saving Frequently Used Settings

If you start the printer driver from the Control Panel,

change the settings to those you use frequently, and then

save the settings, the printer driver's dialog box will be

displayed with the saved settings from any application

that it is displayed.

Open View devices and printers or Devices and

Printers.

Windows 10/8.1/8/7

Click in the following order: Hardware and

Sound (or Hardware) > View devices and

printers (or Devices and Printers).

Windows Vista

Click in the following order: Hardware and

Sound and then Printer.

Windows XP

Click in the following order: Printers and Other

Hardware, and then Printers and Faxes.

Note:

If your Windows XP Control Panel is in Classic

View, click Start, Control Panel, and then

Printers and Faxes.

Right-click your printer icon, and click Printing

preferences.

The printer driver setting screen is displayed.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Make the necessary settings. These settings

become the default settings of the printer driver.

Saving various settings as your Select

Settings

You can save all printer driver settings as a Select Setting.

This allows you to easily load settings that have been

stored in Select Settings, and repeatedly print using

exactly the same settings.

Set each item on the Printer Settings, Layout, and

Advanced tabs to the settings you want to save as

Select Settings.

Click Custom Settings.

Enter the desired name in Name, and then click

Save.

You can save up to 100. The saved select settings

can be recalled from Select Setting.

Note:

Sharing Select Setting settings with multiple

computers

Select the settings you want to share, click Export...,

and then export the settings to a file. Display the

same screen of the printer driver on another

computer, click Import..., and then import the

settings.

Rearranging display items

The display items of Select Setting, Media Type, and

Paper Size can be arranged as follows to display the ones

you use normally right away.

❏Hide unnecessary items.

❏Rearrange in an order of most frequent use.

❏Arrange in groups (folders).

Click Utility tab - Menu Arrangement.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Select Edit Item.

Change the display order and groups in List.

❏You can move and order items by dragging and

dropping.

❏To add a new group (folder), click Add

Group...

❏To delete a group (folder), click Delete

Group.

❏Drag and drop unnecessary items to Not

Display.

Note:

When Delete Group is performed, the group

(folder) is deleted, but the settings in the deleted

group (folder) remain. Delete them individually

from List in the save location.

Click Save.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Basic Operating

Procedures (Mac)

Printing Procedure

This section describes the basic procedure to print using

the printer driver from a computer.

Basic Printing Procedure

Turn on the printer, and load the paper.

U “Loading Roll Paper” on page 30

U “Loading paper into the auto sheet feeder”

on page 36

U “Loading Cut Sheet(1 sheet)” on page 40

When you have created the data in the

application, click Print in the File menu.

Click Show Details (or ) at the bottom of the

screen.

Note:

If page settings are not displayed in the print dialog,

click the "page settings" option (e.g., Page Setup) in

the File menu.

Check that this printer is selected, and then set

the paper size.

There are three options available for each paper

size. For example, if you click A2, the following

three options are displayed.

❏A2

❏A2 (Retain Scale)

❏A2 (Roll Paper Banner)

Normally, you should select the option without

parenthesis (A2 in the example above). Select one

of the other two options in the following

situations.

Retain Scale

In the following procedure, the PDF or image

data may be printed at a slightly reduced size even

if the output size is Same as Paper Size. This is

done to secure the necessary margins (3 mm on

each side) for this printer. Select this when you

want to print at the full size without any

reduction.

Roll Paper Banner

Select to make long prints on roll paper using

banner printing software.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Select Printer Settings from the list and set

Output Size.

If Printer Settings is not displayed in the list, the

dedicated printer driver for this printer has not

been added. See the following and then add the

printer driver.

U “How to Select the Dedicated Printer Driver

for This Printer” on page 57

To enlarge or reduce the size, select from the

pull-down menu below the Paper Size.

See the following for more details on

enlargement settings.

U “Enlargements and Horizontal and Vertical

Banners” on page 62

Select Source and check the roll paper width

(paper size when cut sheet) and paper type.

Select from Roll Paper, Sheet, or Auto Sheet

Feeder. If you select a paper source for which

paper is not loaded in the printer, appears.

For Roll Paper Width (Paper Size for cut sheets)

and Media Type, the settings configured in the

control panel of the printer are applied

automatically.

Note:

If the paper is loaded or changed after opening the

printer driver's dialog box, the paper size and paper

type settings configured on the printer will not be

applied. In this case, click the Acquire Info button

to apply the settings.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Select Select Target in Print Quality.

Choose an option according to the type of

document and how it will be used.

To set the color correction method or color

balance in detail to match your preferences, clear

the Simple Settings check box. See the following

for more details.

U “Correct color and print” on page 71

Check that the Print Preview check box is

selected and then click Print.

If a preview is not necessary, clear the check box

and then click Print.

Note:

In the print preview, you can check and change the

print settings while viewing the image to be actually

printed. We recommend to check with the preview

when printing on roll paper or large-sized paper.

Check the print settings in the print preview

screen, and if there is no problem, click Print to

start printing.

The icons and menus at the top of the preview

screen allow you to change the image display

settings. You can change the print settings using

the menus on the right side. See the help for more

details.

Note:

See the printer driver help for more details on setting

items. Click in the printer driver settings dialog box to

display Help.

How to Select the Dedicated Printer

Driver for This Printer

If the menus described in the previous section "Basic

Printing Procedure" are not displayed, select the

dedicated printer driver for the printer in Printer. The

dedicated printer driver for this printer is displayed as

follows.

❏For USB connections EPSON SC-TXXXX

❏For network connections

EPSON TXXXX or EPSON TXXXX-YYYYYY

*: "XXXX" is the product model number. "YYYYYY" is the last six

digits of the MAC address.

If the dedicated printer driver for this printer is not

displayed in the list, add it with the following procedure.

Select System Preferences - Printers & Scanners

(or Print & Scan / Print & Fax) from the Apple

menu.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Click [+] and select Add Printer or Scanner.

When the list of devices appears, select the

dedicated printer driver for this printer and click

Add.

Canceling Printing

There are a few ways to stop printing operations

depending on the situation. When the computer has

finished sending data to the printer, you cannot cancel

the print job from the computer. Cancel on the printer.

Canceling from a Computer

Click the icon of this printer in the Dock.

Select the job you want to cancel, and then click

Delete.

If the job has been sent to the printer, print data is

not displayed on the above screen.

Canceling on the printer

The Cancel button is displayed on the control panel

screen during printing. Touch the Cancel button. The

print job is canceled even in the middle of printing. It

may take a while before the printer returns to the ready

status.

However, print jobs in the print queue on a computer

cannot be deleted in this way. Use the procedure of

"Canceling from a Computer" to delete print jobs in the

print queue.

Customizing the Printer Driver

You can assign a name to frequently used setting

information (paper size and each item of the basic

settings) and then save the information to Presets. This

allows you to easily load settings and repeatedly print

using exactly the same settings.

Saving frequently used settings as a

preset

Set each item on the Paper Size and Printer

Settings tabs to the settings you want to save as

Presets.

Click Save Current Settings as Preset in

Presets.

Enter a name, and then click OK.

Note:

When All printers is selected from Preset

Available For, you can select the saved Presets

from all printer drivers installed on your computer.

The settings are saved to Presets. You can then

select the settings you saved from Presets.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Deleting from presets

Click Show Presets... from Presets in the Print

dialog box.

Select the setting you want to delete, click Delete,

and then click OK.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Printing CAD Drawings

There are the following two methods to print CAD

drawings.

Printing with the printer driver

This method is best suited for printing CAD drawings

such as the appearance views of buildings at high

quality. This section describes the procedure to print

using the printer driver from AutoCAD 2018.

Important:

If lines or parts in your drawing are not printed

properly, print using the HP-GL/2 or HP RTL mode.

Printing using the HP-GL/2 or HP RTL mode

This method is best suited for printing CAD and GIS

drawings such as maps and blueprints.

You can print from an application that supports

HP-GL/2 (compatible with HP Designjet 750C) and HP

RTL. See the following for more details.

U “Printing Using the HP-GL/2 or HP RTL Mode

from a Computer” on page 94

Open the data to be printed and then click Plot.

Select the printer in Printer/ plotter and then

click Properties.

Click Custom Properties.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

The printer driver's dialog box for this printer

appears.

Set Output Size and Source in the printer driver.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Windows)”

on page 49

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Mac)” on

page 55

Select CAD/Line Drawing - Black, CAD/Line

Drawing - Color, or CAD/Line Drawing -

Bi-Level from the Select Target list.

Windows

Mac

Check other settings, and then start printing.

Note:

If the output size is portrait and the height is smaller

than the width of the roll paper, the print image is

printed rotated 90˚ to save paper. This function is

enabled if the Auto Rotate check box is selected in

Roll Paper Option on the Advanced tab.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Enlargements and

Horizontal and Vertical

Banners

The printer driver can enlarge or reduce documents for

different paper sizes. There are three setting methods.

Before printing at non-standard sizes, including vertical

or horizontal banners and documents with equal sides,

enter the desired paper size in the printer driver.

U “Printing at Non-Standard Sizes” on page 67

❏Fit to Roll Paper Width

Automatically enlarges or reduces the image size to

fit the roll paper width.

❏Fit to Output Size

Automatically enlarges or reduces the image size to

fit the paper size.

❏Specify Size

You can specify the enlargement or reduction ratio.

Use this method for a non-standard paper size.

Note:

❏When printing from applications designed expressly

for horizontal or vertical banners, adjust printer

driver settings as described in the application

documentation.

❏When using a Windows application designed for

banners, select Print Banner on the Layout tab if

necessary.

Fitting Documents to the Width

of the Roll Paper

Check the document size (or paper size) setting

on the Printer Settings tab of the printer driver.

Windows

Display the Printer Settings tab of the printer

driver from the application and check that the

document size is the same as the setting of the

application.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

If it differs, click Settings... and specify the

correct size in the Change Paper Size dialog box.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Windows)”

on page 49

Mac

Open the page setup screen of the application

and check that this printer is selected in Printer

and check the paper size.

Select a paper size that does not have (Retain

Scale) or (Roll Paper Banner).

If the size is different, select the correct size from

the pull-down menu.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Mac)” on

page 55

Note:

In the case of an application without a page setup

menu item, you can set the paper size if you open

the Print dialog box from the Print menu item.

Click Fit to Roll Paper Width on the Printer

Settings tab of the printer driver and select either

Fit Short Side to Roll Paper Width or Fit Long

Side to Roll Paper Width.

Windows

Mac

Fit Short Side to Roll Paper Width

Select this when you want to print with the print

image enlarged to the maximum size for the

loaded roll paper.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Fit Long Side to Roll Paper Width

Select this when you want to print with the print

image enlarged as much as possible to the extent

that paper will not be wasted.

Check other settings, and then start printing.

Fitting Documents to the Output

Size

Check the document size (or paper size) setting

on the Printer Settings tab of the printer driver.

Windows

Display the Printer Settings tab of the printer

driver from the application and check that the

document size is the same as the setting of the

application.

If it differs, click Settings... and specify the

correct size in the Change Paper Size dialog box.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Windows)”

on page 49

Mac

Open the page setup screen of the application

and check that this printer is selected in Printer

and check the paper size.

Select a paper size that does not have (Retain

Scale) or (Roll Paper Banner).

If the size is different, select the correct size from

the pull-down menu.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Mac)” on

page 55

Select Fit to Output Size on the Printer Settings

tab of the printer driver.

Windows

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Mac

Select the desired size from the Output Size

pull-down menu.

Windows

Mac

Check other settings, and then start printing.

Choosing a Print Size

Check the document size (or paper size) setting

on the Printer Settings tab of the printer driver.

Windows

Display the Printer Settings tab of the printer

driver from the application and check that the

document size is the same as the setting of the

application.

If it differs, click Settings... and specify the

correct size in the Change Paper Size dialog box.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Windows)”

on page 49

Mac

Open the page setup screen of the application

and check that this printer is selected in Printer

and check the paper size.

Select a paper size that does not have (Retain

Scale) or (Roll Paper Banner).

If the size is different, select the correct size from

the pull-down menu.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Mac)” on

page 55

Note:

In the case of an application without a page setup

menu item, you can set the paper size if you open

the Print dialog box from the Print menu item.

Display the Output Size input screen from the

Printer Settings tab of the printer driver.

Windows

Select Others... and then select Specify Size in

the displayed Output Size dialog box.

Mac

Select Specify Size.

Select the size specification method from Width,

Length, and Scale to and then enter the setting

value.

The print image is enlarged or reduced so that it

becomes the specified width, length, or scale

while maintaining the aspect ratio of the print

data.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Windows

Mac

Check other settings, and then start printing.

Printing at Non-Standard

Sizes

Before printing at non-standard sizes, including vertical

or horizontal banners and documents with equal sides,

save the desired paper size in the printer driver. Once

they have been saved in the printer driver, custom sizes

can be selected in the application Page Setup and other

print dialogs.

The following sizes can be used.

Paper

Width

SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T5100 Series/

SC-T5100N Series

89 to 914 mm

SC-T3100M Series/

SC-T3100 Series/

SC-T3100N Series/

SC-T2100 Series

89 to 610 mm

Paper

Length

127 to 91000 mm

*: The paper length can be longer when using an application

that supports banner printing. However, the actual print size

depends on the application, the paper size loaded in the

printer, and the computer environment.

Important:

❏The smallest size supported by the printer is 89

mm wide × 127 mm long. When a smaller size

than this is set in Custom Paper Size... of the

printer driver, trim the unnecessary margins.

❏For Custom Paper Sizes of a Mac, although you

can specify a large paper size which cannot be

loaded in this printer, it will not be printed

properly.

❏The available output size is limited depending

on the application.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Settings in Windows

Display the Printer Settings tab of the printer

driver from the application and then click

Custom Paper Size...

The User-Defined Paper Size dialog box appears.

Set the paper size to use in the User-Defined

Paper Size dialog box and then click Save.

❏The Paper Size Name is displayed as an

document size or output size option. Set a

meaningful name such as "400x500mm" or

"Horizontal Banner".

❏To view the Paper Width and Paper Height

values for a standard size close to the desired

custom size, select the appropriate option in

Base Paper Size.

❏If you select an aspect ratio in Fix Aspect Ratio

and select Landscape or Portrait for Base, you

can set the size by just entering a value in either

Paper Width or Paper Height.

Note:

❏To change the paper size you saved, select the

paper size name from the list on the left.

❏To delete a saved paper size, select the paper

size name from the list on the left of the screen

and then click Delete.

❏You can save up to 100 paper sizes.

Click OK to close the User-Defined Paper Size

dialog box. Also close the printer driver's dialog

box.

Registration of the user-defined size is now

complete.

Select the registered paper size in, for example,

the page size settings of the application and then

create the data.

Note:

If the registered paper size is not displayed in the

application, check whether it exceeds the sizes

supported by the application.

When you have finished creating the data,

display the Printer Settings tab of the printer

driver from the Print dialog box.

The registered paper size is displayed in Paper

Size on the Printer Settings tab.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Windows)”

on page 49

Check other settings, and then start printing.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Settings in Mac

Open the page setup screen of the application

and check that this printer is selected in Printer

and then select Manage Custom Sizes from

Paper Size.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Mac)” on

page 55

Note:

For applications without a page setup menu item,

the paper size settings can be displayed by opening

the Print dialog box from the Print menu.

Click + and then enter the paper size name.

Enter values in Width and Height of the Paper

Size, enter the margins, and then click OK.

The ranges of page sizes and margin sizes that can

be specified differ depending on your printer

model and the settings on the printer.

U “Printable area” on page 215

Note:

❏To edit a saved custom size, choose its name

from the list on the left.

❏To duplicate a saved paper size, select its name

from the list on the left of the screen and click

Duplicate.

❏To delete a saved paper size, select its name

from the list on the left of the screen and click

❏The custom paper size setting differs

depending on the operating system version.

See your operating system's documentation for

details.

Click OK to close the Custom Paper Sizes dialog

box. Also close the printer driver's dialog box by

clicking Cancel.

Registration of the custom paper size is now

complete.

Select the registered paper size in, for example,

the page size settings of the application and then

create the data.

Note:

If the registered paper size is not displayed in the

application, check whether it exceeds the sizes

supported by the application.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

When you have finished creating the data,

display the Printer Settings tab of the printer

driver from the Print dialog box.

The registered paper size is displayed in

Document Size on the Printer Settings tab.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Mac)” on

page 55

Check other settings, and then start printing.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Correct color and print

The optimal method is selected from the following color

correction methods for each print target in the print

quality settings of the printer driver.

❏EPSON Standard (sRGB)

Optimizes the sRGB space and corrects the color.

❏Business Graphics

Performs color correction to sharpen your images

based on the sRGB space.

❏Line Drawing

Optimizes color correction for line drawing by

processing the border between lines and the

background as discontinuous.

❏GIS

Performs the optimal printing for topographic

maps and other data of the geographic information

system (GIS).

❏ICM

Performs color management to match the colors in

the image data to those in the printed output

(Windows only).

U “Color Management Printing” on page 75

❏Off (No Color Adjustment)

Color correction is not performed by the printer

driver. Choose if color management is performed

by the application.

U “Color Management Printing” on page 75

If you clear the Simple Settings check box, you can

check which of the above color correction methods is

used. Standard of Select Target is the most suitable

setting for the currently selected paper type.

Clicking the Settings button allows you to, for example,

finely adjust the Gamma, Brightness, Contrast,

Saturation, and color balance.

Use this option when the application in use does not

have a color correction function.

Note:

The color correction options available vary with the

operating system and the type of paper used.

If you want to select the color correction method

yourself, select Custom at the very bottom of the print

target list.

Settings in Windows

When using applications featuring a color

management function, specify how to adjust

colors from these applications.

When using applications without a color

management function, start from Step 2.

Depending on the type of the application, make

the settings following the table below.

Adobe Photoshop CS3 or later

Adobe Photoshop Elements 6 or later

Adobe Photoshop Lightroom 1 or later

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

OS Color Management

Settings

Windows 10,

Windows 8.1,

Windows 8,

Windows 7,

Windows Vista

Printer Manages Colors

Windows XP

(Service Pack 2 or

later and .NET 3.0

or later)

Windows XP (other

than the above)

No Color Management

In other applications, set No Color

Management.

Note:

For information on supported platforms, see the

website for the application in question.

Setting example of Adobe Photoshop CC

Open the Print dialog box.

Select Color Management, then select Printer

Manages Colors in Color Handling, and click

Print.

Display the Printer Settings tab of the printer

driver and then clear the Simple Settings check

box in the Print Quality area.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Windows)”

on page 49

Select the print target. If you want to select the

color correction method yourself, select Custom

at the very bottom of the list.

When Custom is selected for the print target,

select the color and color correction method

settings.

If necessary, click Settings and then adjust items

such as the Gamma, Brightness, Contrast,

Saturation, and color balance.

See the printer driver help for more details on

each item.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Note:

You can adjust the correction value by checking the

sample image on the left side of the screen.

Furthermore, you can select Color Circle or Slide

Bar of Color Adjustment Method and finely

adjust the color balance.

Check other settings, and then start printing.

Settings in Mac

When using applications featuring a color

management function, specify how to adjust

colors from these applications.

When using applications without a color

management function, start from Step 2.

When using the following applications, set the

color management setting to Printer Manages

Colors.

Adobe Photoshop CS3 or later

Adobe Photoshop Elements 6 or later

Adobe Photoshop Lightroom 1 or later

In other applications, set No Color

Management.

Note:

For information on supported platforms, see the

website for the application in question.

Settings example of Adobe Photoshop CC

Open the Print dialog box.

Select Color Management, then select Printer

Manages Colors in Color Handling, and click

Print.

Display the Print screen.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Mac)” on

page 55

Select Color Matching from the list, and then

click EPSON Color Controls.

Note:

EPSON Color Controls will not be available in the

following applications if Step 1 is omitted.

❏Adobe Photoshop CS3 or later

❏Adobe Photoshop Lightroom 1 or later

❏Adobe Photoshop Elements 6 or later

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Select Printer Settings from the list and then

clear the Simple Settings check box in the Print

Quality area.

Select the print target. If you want to select the

color correction method yourself, select Custom

at the very bottom of the list.

When Custom is selected for the print target,

select the color and color correction method

settings.

If necessary, click Settings and then adjust items

such as the Gamma, Brightness, Contrast,

Saturation, and color balance.

See the printer driver help for more details on

each item.

Check other settings, and then start printing.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Color Management

Printing

About Color Management

Even when using the same image data, the original

image and the displayed image may look different, and

the printed results may look different to the image you

see on the display. This occurs due to the difference in

characteristics when input devices such as scanners and

digital cameras capture colors as electronic data, and

when output devices such as display screens and

printers reproduce colors from the color data. The color

management system is a means to adjust differences in

color conversion characteristics among input and

output devices. A color management system is included

with operating systems such as Windows and Mac OS,

in addition to image processing applications. Windows

and Mac OS X include the ICM and ColorSync color

management systems, respectively.

In a color management system, a color definition file

called a "Profile" is used to perform color matching

between devices. (This file is also called an ICC profile.)

The profile of an input device is called an input profile

(or source profile), and the profile of an output device,

such as a printer, is called a printer profile (or output

profile). A profile is prepared for each media type in this

printer's driver.

The color conversion areas by the input device and the

color reproduction area by the output device differ. As a

result, there are color areas that do not match even when

performing color matching using a profile. In addition

to specifying profiles, the color management system

also specifies conversion conditions for areas where

color matching failed as "intent". The name and type of

intent vary depending on the color management system

you are using.

You cannot match the colors on the printed results and

display by color management between the input device

and the printer. To match both colors, you need to

perform color management between the input device

and the display as well.

Color Management Print

Settings

You can perform color management printing using this

printer's printer driver in the following two ways.

Choose the best method according to the application

you are using, the operating system environment, the

aim of the print out, and so on.

Setting color management with the applications

This method is for printing from applications that

support color management. All color management

processes are carried out by the application's color

management system. This method is useful when you

want to obtain the same color management print results

using a common application among different operating

system environments.

U “Setting color management with the applications”

on page 76

Setting color management with the printer driver

The printer driver uses the operating system's color

management system and carries out all color

management processes. You can configure the color

management settings in the printer driver using the

following two methods.

❏Host ICM (Windows) / ColorSync (Mac OS X)

Set when printing from applications that support

color management. This is effective in producing

similar print results from different applications

under the same operating systems.

U “Color Management Printing by Host ICM

(Windows)” on page 78

U “Color Management Printing by ColorSync

(Mac)” on page 79

❏Driver ICM (Windows only)

This allows you to perform color management

printing from applications that do not support

color management.

U “Color Management Printing by Driver

ICM(Windows Only)” on page 80

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Setting profiles

Settings for the input profile, printer profile, and intent

(matching method) vary between three types of color

management printing since their color management

engines are used differently. This is because color

management usage differs between the engines. Make

settings in the printer driver or application as described

in the following table.

Input

profile

settings

Printer

profile

settings

Intent

settings

Driver ICM

(Windows)

Printer

Driver

Printer

Driver

Printer

Driver

Host ICM

(Windows)

Application Printer

Driver

Printer

Driver

ColorSync

(Mac OS X)

Application Printer

Driver

Application

Application Application Application Application

Printer profiles for each paper type that is needed when

performing color management are installed with the

printer's printer driver. You can select the profile from

the printer driver's settings screen.

You can select the profile from the printer driver's

settings screen.

U “Color Management Printing by Driver

ICM(Windows Only)” on page 80

U “Color Management Printing by Host ICM

(Windows)” on page 78

U “Color Management Printing by ColorSync (Mac)”

on page 79

U “Setting color management with the applications”

on page 76

Setting color management with

the applications

Print using applications with a color management

function. Make the color management settings in the

application and disable the printer driver's color

adjustment function.

Make color management settings in the

applications.

Settings example of Adobe Photoshop CC

Open the Print dialog box.

Select Color Management, select Photoshop

Manages Colors in Color Handling, select

Printer Profile and Rendering Intent, and click

Print.

Display the printer driver's settings screen

(Windows) or Print screen (Mac).

Make printer driver settings.

For Windows

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Windows)”

on page 49

For Mac

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Mac)” on

page 55

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Set color management to off.

For Windows

Clear the Simple Settings check box in the Print

Quality area of the Printer Settings tab and select

Off (No Color Adjustment) from the print

target list.

Note:

In Windows 7, Windows Vista, and Windows XP

(Service Pack 2 or later and .NET 3.0), Off (No

Color Adjustment) is selected automatically.

For Mac

Select Printer Settings from the list and clear the

Simple Settings check box in the Print Quality

area, and select Off (No Color Adjustment)

from the print target list.

Check other settings, and then start printing.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Setting color management with

the printer driver

Color Management Printing by Host

ICM (Windows)

Use image data in which an input profile has been

embedded. Also, the application must support ICM.

Make the settings for color adjustment using the

application.

Depending on the type of the application, make

the settings following the table below.

Adobe Photoshop CS3 or later

Adobe Photoshop Elements 6.0 or later

Adobe Photoshop Lightroom 1 or later

OS Color Management

Settings

Windows 8.1,

Windows 8,

Windows 7,

Windows Vista

Printer Manages Colors

Windows XP

(Service Pack 2 or

later and .NET 3.0

or later)

Windows XP (other

than the above)

No Color Management

In other applications, set No Color

Management.

Note:

For information on supported platforms, see the

website for the application in question.

Settings example of Adobe Photoshop CC

Open the Print dialog box.

Select Color Management, then select Printer

Manages Colors in Color Handling, and click

Print.

When using an application without a color

management function, start from step 2.

Clear the Simple Settings check box in the Print

Quality area on the Printer Settings tab of the

printer driver and then select ICM from the

Select Target list.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Windows)”

on page 49

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Click Settings.

Select Host ICM in ICM Mode.

See the printer driver help for more details.

The printer profile corresponding to the Media

Type

selected on the Printer Settings tab is set

automatically and is displayed in the Printer

Profile Description area.

To change the profile, select the Show all profiles

check box.

*: If Source is selected on the Printer Settings tab,

the paper type set on the printer is set

automatically. Media Type becomes Use Printer

Settings, and the paper type name is displayed on

the right side.

Check other settings, and then start printing.

Color Management Printing by

ColorSync (Mac)

Use image data in which an input profile has been

embedded. Also, the application must support

ColorSync.

Note:

Depending on the application, color management

printing by ColorSync may not be supported.

Disable the color management functions in the

application.

Display the Print screen.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Mac)” on

page 55

Select Color Matching from the list, and then

click ColorSync.

The printer profile corresponding to the

currently selected paper type

is specified

automatically and displayed at the bottom of the

profile area. To change the profile, select the

desired profile from the Profile pull-down

menu.

*: It is set in the screen displayed by selecting

Printer Settings from the list. If Source is selected,

the paper type set on the printer is set

automatically, and Use Printer Settings is

displayed. The paper type name is displayed on

the right side of it.

Check other settings, and then start printing.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Color Management Printing by Driver

ICM

(Windows Only)

The printer driver uses its own printer profiles to

perform color management. You can use the following

two color correction methods.

❏Driver ICM (Basic)

Specify one type of profile and intent for processing

the entire image data.

❏Driver ICM (Advanced)

The printer driver distinguishes the image data into

the Image, Graphics, and Text areas. Specify a

different profile and intent for each of the three

areas.

When using applications featuring a color

management function

Make the settings for color processing using the

application before making printer driver settings.

Depending on the type of the application, make the

settings following the table below.

Adobe Photoshop CS3 or later

Adobe Photoshop Elements 6.0 or later

Adobe Photoshop Lightroom 1 or later

OS Color Management

Settings

Windows 8.1,

Windows 8,

Windows 7,

Windows Vista

Printer Manages Colors

Windows XP (Service Pack

2 or later and .NET 3.0 or

later)

Windows XP (other than

the above)

No Color Management

In other applications, set No Color Management.

Note:

For information on supported platforms, see the website

for the application in question.

Settings example of Adobe Photoshop CC

Open the Print dialog box.

Select Color Management, then select Printer

Manages Colors in Color Handling, and click Print.

Clear the Simple Settings check box in the Print

Quality area on the Printer Settings tab of the

printer driver and then select ICM from the

Select Target list.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Windows)”

on page 49

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Click Settings.

Select Driver ICM (Basic) or Driver ICM

(Advanced) in ICM Mode from the ICM screen.

If you select Driver ICM (Advanced), you can

specify the profile and intent for each type of

image data such as photos, graphics data, and text

data.

Intent Explanation

Saturation Keeps the current saturation

unchanged and converts the

data.

Perceptual Converts the data so that a more

visually natural image is

produced. This feature is used

when a wider gamut of color is

used for image data.

Intent Explanation

Relative

Colorimetric

Converts the data so that a set of

color gamut and white point (or

color temperature) coordinates

in the original data match their

corresponding print coordinates.

This feature is used for many

types of color matching.

Absolute

Colorimetric

Assigns absolute color gamut

coordinates to the original and

print data and converts the data.

Therefore, color tone adjustment

is not performed on any white

point (or color temperature) for

the original or print data. This

feature is used for special

purposes such as logo color

printing.

Check other settings, and then start printing.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Multi-Page Printing

(N-up)

Two or four consecutive pages can be printed on a single

sheet.

Settings in Windows

Note:

In Windows, you can use the Reduce/ Enlarge function

(Fit to Page) to print the data on different sizes of paper.

U “Printing at Non-Standard Sizes” on page 67

Display the Layout tab of the printer driver and

select the Page Layout check box. Then, select

N-up and click the Settings button.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Windows)”

on page 49

Set Number of pages per sheet and Page Order

in the Print Layout dialog box.

If the Print page frames check box is selected,

page frames are printed on each page.

Check other settings, and then start printing.

Settings in Mac

Display the Print dialog box, select Layout from

the list, and specify the number of pages per sheet

and so on.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Mac)” on

page 55

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Note:

You can print frames around arranged pages using

the Border function.

Check other settings, and then start printing.

Manual Double Sided

Printing (Windows Only)

This function is only available when Auto Sheet Feeder

is selected as the Source. This function cannot be used

for Roll Paper or Sheet.

After you have finished printing even pages, you can

turn the paper over, re-load it, and then print the odd

pages to create double-sided prints.

Notes on double-sided printing

Note the following points when performing

double-sided printing.

❏Make sure you use paper that supports

double-sided printing.

❏Depending on the type of paper and the data being

printed, the ink may smear on the back of the paper.

❏Continuous double-sided printing can lead to a

decline in print quality and paper jams. If print

quality declines, lower the ink density in the printer

driver or try printing one sheet at a time.

❏If you perform double-sided printing continuously,

the inside of the printer may be smeared with ink.

Clean the rollers if the paper is smeared after

printing.

U “Smearing occurs when printing from the auto

sheet feeder” on page 195

Note:

Printing in combination with Multi-Page Printing

(N-up) can help to save more paper.

U “Multi-Page Printing (N-up)” on page 82

Setting Procedures for Printing

Load the paper into the Auto Sheet Feeder.

U “Loading paper into the auto sheet feeder”

on page 36

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Display the Basic Settings screen for the printer

driver, and then select Auto Sheet Feeder as the

Source.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Windows)”

on page 49

Display the Layout tab of the printer driver, and

then select 2-sided printing.

Note:

❏Click Binding Settings to set the Binding Edge

and Binding Margin. Depending on the

software you are using, the width of the margin

you set and the actual print results may differ,

we therefore recommended that you perform a

test print first.

❏Select Folded Booklet to print as a booklet. In

the following example, when the paper is

folded in two, the inner pages (pages 2, 3, 6, 7,

10, and 11) are printed first.

Check other settings, and then start printing.

When you have finished printing the odd pages

and the instructions screen is displayed, follow

the on-screen instructions to re-load the paper,

and then click Resume.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Folded 2-Sided Printing

(Windows only)

Two consecutive pages can be printed on a single sheet.

The second page is flipped 180˚ and printed adjacent to

the first page, allowing the paper to be folded to make a

2-sided document.

Display the Layout tab of the printer driver and

select the Page Layout check box. Then, select

Folded Double-Side and click the Settings...

button.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Windows)”

on page 49

Set Binding Edge and Binding Margin in the

Folded Double-Side Setting dialog box.

Check other settings, and then start printing.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Poster Printing (Windows

Only)

A single page can be printed across multiple sheets. The

sheets can then be joined together to form large posters

(up to 16 times the original size).

Display the Layout tab of the printer driver and

select the Page Layout check box. Then, select

Poster and click the Settings... button.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Windows)”

on page 49

Set Number of panels in the Poster dialog box.

If you want to print marks to serve as a guide

when joining together paper printed with poster

printing, select the Print Cutting Guides check

box.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Overlapping Alignment Marks

Prints guides for joining the paper with

overlapping. The finished size is smaller only for

the overlapping portions.

Print page frames

Prints frames for joining the paper without

overlapping.

Check other settings, and then start printing.

Joining poster sheets in multi-page printing

If Overlapping Alignment Marks is selected, join

guides (indicated by the lines drawn through and

around the X marks in the illustration below) will be

printed on each sheet.

Note:

If the output is in color, the join guides will be in blue and

the cut guides in red; otherwise, all the guides will be

printed in black.

The following section describes how to join four printed

pages together.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Ready the two top sheets and trim the excess

from the left sheet by cutting along the line

joining the two join guides (the centers of the X

marks).

Lay the upper left sheet on top of upper right

sheet. Lineup the X marks as shown in the

illustration below, and temporarily fasten them

using an adhesive tape on the back.

With the two sheets overlapping, trim the excess

by cutting along the line joining the two cut

guides (the lines to the left of the X marks).

Rejoin the two sheets.

Use an adhesive tape to stick the backs of the

sheets together.

Repeat steps 1 to 4 for the lower two sheets.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Trim the bottom from the upper sheets by

cutting along the line joining the two guides (the

lines above the X marks).

Lay the upper sheet on top of the lower sheet.

Lineup the X marks as shown in the illustration

below, and temporarily fasten them using an

adhesive tape on the back.

With the two sheets overlapping, trim the excess

by cutting along the line joining the two cut

guides (the lines above the X marks).

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Join the upper and lower sheets together.

Use an adhesive tape to stick the backs of the

sheets together.

After joining all the sheets, trim off the borders by

cutting along the cut guides (outside the X

marks).

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Printing Multiple

Documents (Layout

Manager)

(Windows Only)

Documents created in different applications can be

printed together in your choice of layout. This allows

you to improve print work efficiency and conserve

paper.

Sample Multi-Document Layout

Sample Free Vertical/Horizontal Layout

Setting Procedures for Printing

Open the file you want to print in your

application.

Select the Layout Manager check box on the

Printer Settings tab of the printer driver and

check that the size set in the application is

displayed in Document Size.

U “Basic Operating Procedures (Windows)”

on page 49

Note:

Document Size is the size of the document to be

placed on the Layout Manager screen. The actual

printing paper size is set in the screen in Step 6.

Click OK. When printing from an application,

the Layout Manager screen opens.

The print data is not printed, but one page is

placed on the paper of the Layout Manager

screen as one object.

Leaving the Layout Manager screen open, repeat

steps 1 to 3 until all the print data has been added

to the layout.

The objects are added to the Layout Manager

screen.

Arrange the objects on the Layout Manager

screen.

Objects can be moved or resized by dragging as

well as rearranged or rotated using the tool

buttons or the options in the Object menu.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

The overall size and placement of the objects can

be changed using the Preferences and

Arrangement options in the File menu.

See the Layout Manager screen help for more

details on each function.

Click Properties in the File menu and set the

print settings in the printer driver dialog box.

Check Media Settings, and set Print Quality.

Click the File menu in the Layout Manager

screen, and then click Print.

Printing starts.

Saving and Recalling Settings

The layout and setting information on the Layout

Manager screen can be saved as a file. If you need to close

your application in the middle of a job, you can save it to

a file and then open it later to continue your work.

Saving

Click the File menu on the Layout Manager

screen, and then click Save As...

Enter the file name, select the location, and then

click Save.

Close the Layout Manager screen.

Opening saved files

Right-click the printer icon ( ) on the

Windows taskbar, and then click Layout

Manager in the displayed menu.

The Layout Manager screen appears.

Note:

When the printer icon is not displayed on the

Windows taskbar

Open the Utility tab of the printer driver and click

the Monitoring Preferences. Select Register the

shortcut icon to the taskbar in the Monitoring

Preferences dialog box.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Click Open in the File menu on the Layout

Manager screen.

Select the location and open the required file.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing with the Printer Driver from Your Computer

Printing Using the

HP-GL/2 or HP RTL

Mode from a

Computer

The printer can emulate

HP-GL/2 (compatible with

HP Designjet 750C) and HP RTL. This section describes

the settings of the printer and the settings in the CAD

application for printing while emulating.

* Not all functions are supported. If you will use an

untested application, test its output in advance.

Important:

The printer may not perform as expected if the size

of the data to be printed is extremely large.

Note:

CAD drawings can also be printed using the CAD/ line

drawing mode of the supplied printer driver. We

recommend printing from the printer driver when you

want to print with better image quality.

U “Printing CAD Drawings” on page 60

Printer Settings

Change the printer settings for printing in the HP-GL/2

or HP RTL mode as necessary in the control panel of the

printer. The printer settings include basic print settings

such as the paper source and margins (Universal Print

Settings) and HP-GL/2 specific settings such as palette

settings (HP-GL/2 Unique Settings).

Basic Print Settings

Touch Settings - General Settings - Printer

Settings - Universal Print Settings from the

Home screen.

Check Paper Source and change the setting if

necessary.

The default setting is Roll Paper. When HP-GL/2

or HP RTL print data is sent, an error occurs if

paper is not loaded for the paper source set here.

Check the other items and make changes if

necessary.

See the following for more details on Universal

Print Settings items.

U “General Settings - Printer Settings” on

page 141

HP-GL/2 Specific Print Settings

If you want to change HP-GL2 specific settings such as

rotating print data, merging lines, and changing the

Define Palette set in the application, use the following

procedure.

Touch Settings - General Settings - Printer

Settings - HP-GL/2 Unique Settings from the

Home screen.

Touch and change the settings of the desired

items.

See the following for more details on HP-GL/2

Unique Settings items.

U “General Settings - Printer Settings” on

page 141

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing Using the HP-GL/2 or HP RTL Mode from a Computer

Note:

When HP-GL/2 or HP RTL printing is not performed

properly

The printer automatically determines whether normal

printing from the printer driver or emulation printing of

HP-GL/2 or HP RTL from the sent print data and then

switches the print mode accordingly. If mode switching is

not performed correctly and printing is not performed

properly, configure the setting as follows.

❏When the computer and printer are connected via

USB

Select Settings - General Settings - Printer Settings

- Printing Language - USB from the Home screen

and then change the setting from Auto to HP-GL/

❏When the computer and printer are connected via a

network

Select Settings - General Settings - Printer Settings

- Printing Language - Network from the Home

screen and then change the setting from Auto to

HP-GL/2.

To print from the printer driver as usual after HP-GL/2

or HP RTL finishes, return the setting to Auto.

CAD Application Settings

Set the output device as follows according to your

model. This explanation uses AutoCAD 2018 as an

example.

Click Plot.

Set the plotter in Printer/plotter.

❏SC-T5100M Series/SC-T5100 Series/

SC-T5100N Series:

HP Designjet 750C C3196A

❏SC-T3100M Series/SC-T3100 Series/

SC-T3100N Series/SC-T2100 Series:

HP Designjet 750C C3195A

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing Using the HP-GL/2 or HP RTL Mode from a Computer

Changing the

Network Connection

Methods

The printer can connect to a wired LAN or a wireless

LAN. Furthermore, it also supports Wi-Fi Direct

(Simple AP) which allows a smart device or other device

to directly connect wirelessly with the printer even when

there is no wired LAN or wireless LAN environment.

The printer cannot connect to a wired LAN and wireless

LAN at the same time. A Wi-Fi Direct connection is

possible regardless of whether or not the printer is

connected to a network.

This section describes the procedures to use to switch

the connection method.

Note:

See the Administrator's Guide (online manual) for

details on the network settings.

Switching to Wired LAN

Touch on the Home screen.

Note:

The shape and color of the icon differ depending on

the connection status.

U “Understanding and Operating the Screen” on

page 14

Touch Description.

Touch Wired LAN Connection Method.

Touch Start Setup.

The process to disable the wireless LAN

connection with the access point starts. Wait

until the The Wi-Fi connection is disabled.

message appears.

Connect your router and the printer with a LAN

cable.

See the following for the location of the printer's

LAN port.

U “Back” on page 12

Switching to Wireless LAN

The SSID (network name) and password of the access

point to which the printer is to be connected are

required. Confirm them in advance. The printer can be

connected to a wireless LAN while the LAN cable is still

connected.

Note:

If your access point supports WPS (Wi-Fi Protected

Setup), the printer can be connected using Push Button

Setup(WPS) or PIN Code Setup(WPS) without using

an SSID and password.

U “General Settings - Network Settings” on page 151

Touch on the Home screen.

Note:

The shape and color of the icon differ depending on

the connection status.

U “Understanding and Operating the Screen” on

page 14

Touch Router.

Touch Start Setup.

Details of the wired LAN connection status are

displayed.

Touch Change to Wi-Fi connection., check the

displayed message, and touch Yes.

Touch Wi-Fi Setup Wizard.

Select the desired SSID.

If the desired SSID is not displayed, touch Search

Again to update the list. If it is still not displayed,

touch Enter Manually and directly enter the

SSID.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Changing the Network Connection Methods

Touch Enter Password and enter the password.

Note:

❏Differentiate between uppercase and

lowercase when entering the password.

❏If the SSID was entered directly, set Password

to Available before entering the password.

When input is finished, touch OK.

Check the settings and then touch Start Setup.

Touch OK to finish the procedure.

If the connection fails, select Print Check Report

to print a network connection check report. You

can check the action to take in the report.

Close the Network Connection Settings screen.

Directly Connecting

Wirelessly (Wi-Fi Direct)

A direct connection with the printer can be established

temporarily when, for example, the printer is not

connected to a network or you do not have permission

to log on to the network.

Wi-Fi Direct is disabled by default. The following

describes the procedure from enabling Wi-Fi Direct to

connecting.

Note:

The printer can connect with up to four smart devices or

computers at the same time. If you want to connect

another device when there are already four devices

connected, disconnect the connection to the printer from

a device that is already connected.

Touch on the Home screen.

Note:

The shape and color of the icon differ depending on

the connection status.

U “Understanding and Operating the Screen” on

page 14

Touch Wi-Fi Direct.

When Wi-Fi Direct is already enabled, the

network (SSID), password, number of connected

devices, and so on are displayed. Proceed to step

Note:

If a part of the displayed network (SSID) or device

name, and so on cannot be seen because it is cut off

at the right edge of the screen, touch the

corresponding item to display the entire setting

value.

Touch Start Setup.

Wi-Fi Direct is enabled, and the network (SSID)

and password are displayed.

Open the Wi-Fi setting screen on the device you

want to connect with the printer, select the SSID

displayed on the screen of the printer, and enter

the password just as it is displayed on the screen.

When a connection is established, touch Close to

finish the procedure.

Touch Close on the screen of the printer to close

the network connection settings screen.

When the printer driver is installed on the connected

device, you can print using the printer driver.

Note:

When you turn off the power of the printer, the

connections with connected devices are all disconnected.

To reconnect after turning the printer back on, perform

the procedure again from step 1.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Changing the Network Connection Methods

Using AirPrint

AirPrint enables instant wireless printing from iPhone,

iPad, iPod touch, and Mac without the need to install

drivers or download software.

Note:

If you disabled paper configuration messages on your

product control panel, you cannot use AirPrint. See the

link below to enable the messages, if necessary.

Load paper in your product.

Set up your product for wireless printing. See the

link below.

http://epson.sn

Connect your Apple device to the same wireless

network that your product is using.

Print from your device to your product.

Note:

For details, see the AirPrint page on the Apple

website.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using AirPrint

Printing without

Using the Printer

Driver

(SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T3100M Series

only)

This section explains how you can print, even if the

printer driver is not installed on your computer, if you

are connected to a network; it also explains how to

connect a USB flash memory to the printer and print the

files on the USB flash memory.

Printing Directly Over the

Web (Upload and Print)

Function Summary

Upload and Print is a function that prints by running

Web Config from a computer on which the printer

driver is not installed.

U “How to Use Web Config” on page 26

You can print by simply selecting the file you want to

print, and then uploading it to the printer. If the browser

you are using supports drag and drop, you can upload

multiple files in a batch and print them in order.

The following are files that can print from an upload.

❏JPEG

❏HP-GL/2

❏TIFF

❏PDF (Only data created using the scan function

provided by Epson inkjet printers)

Upload and Print Procedure

Load the paper into the printer.

U “Loading Roll Paper” on page 30

U “Loading paper into the auto sheet feeder”

on page 36

U “Loading Cut Sheet(1 sheet)” on page 40

Start Web Config.

U “How to Start” on page 26

The Print tab appears. Click Upload and Print.

Note:

If the Print tab does not appear, contact your

system administrator.

Do the settings for printing.

Select Color Mode and Paper Source in Basic

Settings.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing without Using the Printer Driver(SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

Do the settings, such as Quality, from

Advanced.

Start printing by dragging and dropping the data.

Printing Files from a

Shared Folder (Print from

Folder)

Function Summary

You can select and print a file from a shared folder on the

network that has been setup in advance.

Do the settings for the shared folder on the printer's

screen or on Web Config.

U “Preparing a Shared Folder” on page 100

The following files can be printed from a network

folder/FTP.

❏JPEG

❏HP-GL/2

❏TIFF

❏PDF (Only data created using the scan function

provided by Epson inkjet printers)

Preparing a Shared Folder

Setup from the printer

Touch Settings on the Home screen.

Touch General Settings - Network Settings -

Advanced - Shared Folder.

The shared folder settings screen appears.

Enter each item.

❏Folder Name: Within 255 characters, enter the

network path for the shared folder.

❏User Name: Enter the user name that you use to

log into the computer.

❏Password: Enter the password that you use to

log into the computer.

Touch Proceed to complete the settings for the

shared folder.

Setup from Web Config

Start Web Config.

U “How to Start” on page 26

The Print tab appears. Click Basic.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing without Using the Printer Driver(SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

100

Note:

If the Print tab does not appear, contact your

system administrator.

Enter each item for Print from Folder.

❏Print from Folder: Select enable.

❏Folder Name: Enter the network path for the

shared folder.

❏User Name: Enter the user name that you use to

log into the computer.

❏Password: Enter the password that you use to

log into the computer.

Click OK to complete the settings for the shared

folder.

Print from Folder Procedure

The procedure to print from a folder from the printer's

screen is as follows.

On the Home screen, touch Network Folder.

After a short while, a list of the files in the shared

folder appears.

Select 1 file to print.

Select Black/White or Color.

Using advanced settings such as enlarging or

reducing size

Proceed to step 4.

Printing at actual size without advanced

settings

Proceed to step 5.

Touch the Advanced tab.

Enlarge/reduce settings can be configured in

Reduce/Enlarge. If you set Auto Fit Page to On,

printing is performed by automatically enlarging

to fit the width of the roll paper or the size of the

cut sheet paper loaded in the printer.

See the following for more details on other

settings items.

U “Network Folder Menu (SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T3100M Series Only)” on page 178

Note:

❏If HP-GL/2 files are selected in Page Margins

option - Borderless, either Clip By Margins or

Oversize in Settings - General Settings -

Printer Settings - Universal Print Settings -

Page Margins option is applied.

❏You can select Reduce/Enlarge in HP-GL/2

files, but it is not applied.

Touch the Print button.

Printing Files on USB Flash

Memory Directly

You can connect a USB flash memory

to this printer

and print files stored on the memory directly from this

printer.

* Be sure to use a USB flash memory that supports FAT

and exFAT file systems. However, you cannot use USB

flash memories with security functions such as

password protected ones.

The following files can be printed directly.

❏JPEG

❏HP-GL/2

❏TIFF

❏PDF (Only data created using the scan function

provided by Epson inkjet printers)

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing without Using the Printer Driver(SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

101

Connect the USB flash memory, in which the

data to be printed is saved, to the printer.

Touch Memory Device on the Home screen.

Touch the print menu that matches the file

format you want to print.

Select 1 file to print.

When selecting JPEG

Touch to select the file image to print, then touch

Proceed to Print.

This will add a check mark to the selected image.

Touch Single View to enlarge the selected image

to confirm. To change the display order of files,

touch .

Except when selecting JPEG

From the list, touch a file name to select it. To

change the display order of files, touch .

Note:

Any characters in the folder or file names that

cannot be displayed by the printer will be displayed

as "?".

Select Black/White or Color.

Using advanced settings such as enlarging or

reducing size

Proceed to step 6.

Printing at actual size without advanced

settings

Proceed to step 7.

Touch the Advanced tab.

Enlarge/reduce settings can be configured in

Reduce/Enlarge. If you set Auto Fit Page to On,

printing is performed by automatically enlarging

to fit the width of the roll paper or the size of the

cut sheet paper loaded in the printer.

See the following for more details on other

settings items.

U “Memory Device menu (SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T3100M Series only)” on page 163

Note:

You can register and save frequently used settings

as presets. See the following for more details.

U “Using your Presets” on page 16

Touch the numeric value for the number of

prints and then enter the number of prints in the

keypad screen.

Note:

You can use the Preview button to check the print

image (JPEG or TIFF only).

Touch the Print button.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Printing without Using the Printer Driver(SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

102

Copy (SC-T5100M

Series/SC-T3100M

Series only)

Placing Documents in the

Scanner

You can load one document.

The document sizes and paper types that can be loaded

and the documents that cannot be loaded are as follows.

Important:

If a document covered in dust is loaded, the dust

may adhere inside the scanner and decrease the

quality of copied or scanned images. Before loading

a document into the scanner, remove any dust from

the document.

Loadable Document Sizes

Document

width

: SC-T5100M Series: 148 mm to 915 mm

(36 inches)

SC-T3100M Series: 148 mm to 610 mm

(24 inches)

Document

length

:148 mm to 2720 mm

Document

thickness

: 0.5 mm or less (or 0.25 mm or less with

the optional carrier sheet)

* Maximum length of 2672 mm for scanning (600 dpi)

and copying (Fine, Super Fine) only

Loadable Paper Types

❏Plain paper

❏Recycled

❏Coated paper

❏Tracing Paper

❏Film

❏Blueprint

❏Actual printing stock

❏Carrier sheet

Important:

If tracing paper is loaded, the printer cannot

automatically detect the width. On the control

panel, set Original Size or Scan Size.

U “Copy Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series Only) ” on page 166

U “Scan Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series Only)” on page 169

Documents That Cannot Be

Loaded

Do not load originals such as the following. Failure to

observe this precaution could cause paper jams or

damage the printer.

❏Originals that are bound

❏Originals that are bent

❏Originals with carbon backing

❏Originals that are attached with staples, paper clips,

or glue

❏Originals that have many holes, such as loose leaf

paper

❏Originals that are shaped irregularly or not cut at

right angles

❏Originals with photos, stickers, or labels attached

❏Originals that are transparent

❏Originals that are glossy

❏Originals that have become deteriorated

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Copy (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

103

❏Originals that are torn

When loading documents that

are thin, that are easily torn, or

that you do not want to damage

Use the optional carrier sheet for thin documents and

documents that you do not want to damage.

U “Options and Consumable Products” on

page 206

Important:

Notes on Using the Carrier Sheet

When scanning using a carrier sheet, the paper color

(background color) of the document may remain in

the scan results, or wrinkle shadows may appear.

If you are concerned about these issues, try making

adjustments in Remove Background.

Removing the background

❏When copying

Select Copy - Basic Settings - Image Quality -

Remove Background - Auto - Off on the Home

screen, and then set the adjustment value to a

positive value from -4 to 4.

U “Copy Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-

T3100M Series Only) ” on page 166

❏When scanning and saving to an email or folder

Select Scan on the Home screen, and then select

Email or Network Folder/FTP depending on

the target location.

Select Scan Settings - Image Quality - Remove

Background - Auto - Off, and then set the

adjustment value to a positive value from -4 to

U “Scan Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-

T3100M Series Only)” on page 169

❏When saving scanned data to an external

memory device

Select Scan - Advanced - Image Quality -

Remove Background - Auto - Off on the Home

screen, and then set the adjustment value to a

positive value from -4 to 4.

U “Scan Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-

T3100M Series Only)” on page 169

Documents That Need the Carrier

Sheet

❏Valuable documents that you do not want to

damage (documents on loan, master copies, old

drawings, antique maps, works of art, etc.)

❏Documents with fragile surfaces and/or materials

(collages, newspapers, rice paper, oil pastel

drawings, etc.)

❏Transparent and translucent film

Notes for When Putting Documents

into the Carrier Sheet

Insert the document in the carrier sheet as shown.

❏Insert the document with the side to be scanned

facing the transparent sheet.

❏Align the top edge of the document with part of

the carrier sheet.

❏Align the side of the document with line .

Important:

If the carrier sheet is loaded, the printer cannot

automatically detect the width. On the control

panel, set the Original Size or the Scan Size and

Top Offset.

U “Copy Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series Only) ” on page 166

U “Scan Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series Only)” on page 169

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Copy (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

104

How to Load Documents

Important:

❏If the original tends to curl, load the original

after straightening the curl.

❏Smooth the creases in the original, and then

load it.

Note:

For a document longer than 1 meter, support the

document with your hand so it does not skew as it feeds.

Make sure the document guide is placed.

Remove the document guide when scanning

using a carrier sheet.

With the scanning side facing up, align the right

edge of the document with the document guide,

and then insert the leading edge of the document

into the paper slot.

Load the document in the direction indicated by

the illustration.

When the leading edge touches the back of the

paper slot, the document is automatically fed to

the scanning start position. When automatic

paper feeding starts, let go of the document and

do not interfere with the document feeding

operation. When you hear a beep, feeding is

complete.

Note:

❏Make sure you insert the document straight

while supporting the document with your

hands on either side.

❏If the document is thin paper, carefully stretch

it to the left or right to smooth out any

wrinkles, and then insert it.

❏This printer comes with a document support

that prevents documents from falling off the

back.

If necessary, place the document support in the

cable holder at the back.

If the power cable is attached to the cable

holder, you must disconnect the power cable

before attaching the document support.

Procedure for Copying

Load the paper into the printer.

U “Loading and Setting the Paper” on

page 29

Load the document into the printer.

U “How to Load Documents” on page 105

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Copy (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

105

Touch Copy on the Home screen.

In Basic Settings, do the settings for Color,

Quality, Density, and Reduce/Enlarge.

U “Copy Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-

T3100M Series Only) ” on page 166

If you are doing detailed settings, such as

Original Type, do the settings from Advanced.

U “Copy Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-

T3100M Series Only) ” on page 166

If you are using the optional carrier sheet, you

must do the following settings in Advanced.

❏Specify a user defined size as the Original

Size.

❏Set Top Offset to 19 mm.

Note:

You can register and save frequently used settings

as presets. See the following for more details.

U “Using your Presets” on page 16

Touch the numeric value for the number of

prints and then enter the number of prints in the

keypad screen.

Press the Copy button to start scanning the

document.

Important:

Do not press down on the scanner cover or

place anything on top of it while copying.

Otherwise, the copy results may be distorted or

the original may get jammed.

While scanning, hold the original with both

hands so that it does not skew.

Remove the original when scanning is complete.

While holding the original, press the OK button

on the screen, and then remove the original.

Printing starts when the original has been

completely removed.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Copy (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

106

Scan (SC-T5100M

Series/SC-T3100M

Series only)

Function Summary

The following are 3 ways that you can save or send the

data of scanned images.

Network Folder/FTP: Save the scanned image in a folder

via the network. For the recipient, you can specify a

shared folder (a folder that uses SMB protocol) that was

created on a computer or a folder on the FTP server. You

must do the settings for the shared folder or FTP server

in advance.

Email: Attach the scanned image directly into an email

to be able to send it from the printer. You must register

an email server and do its settings in advance.

Memory Device: You can save the scanned image to a

USB flash memory that is installed in the printer. You do

not have to do any settings in advance.

Preparing to Scan

The following settings must be done in advance to save a

scanned image to a folder or send a scanned image via

email.

❏Shared folder settings and FTP server settings

Do the settings in Web Config. See the

Administrator's Guide for more details.

❏Mail server settings

Do the settings in Web Config. See the

Administrator's Guide for more details.

❏Settings for the recipient email addresses and the

contacts for the shared folder

Do the settings from the printer's screen or from

Web Config. This section explains the contacts

settings in the shared folder from the printer's

screen.

See the Administrator's Guide for how to do settings

in Web Config.

Creating Contacts

Touch Settings on the Home screen.

Touch, in order, Contacts Manager - Register/

Delete.

Touch, in order, Add Entry - Add Contact -

Network Folder/FTP.

The Add Entry screen appears.

Check the details for each item and input any

necessary information.

❏Registry Number: Set a registry number for the

address.

❏Name: Name that appears in your contacts (up

to 30 characters).

❏Index Word: Use to search your contacts (up to

30 characters).

❏Communication Mode: Select SMB.

❏Location: Enter a shared folder's network path

(within 255 characters). When you enter

letters, numbers, and symbols, specify

single-byte and double-byte characters

correctly. If the setting for single-byte and

double-byte characters is incorrect, you will

not be able to save to the shared folder.

❏User Name: Enter the user name that you use to

log into the computer.

❏Password: Enter the password that you use to

log into the computer.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Scan (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

107

❏Assign to Frequent Use: Register an address for

frequent use. When an address is specified, it

will appear on the top screen.

Note:

If you do not have a password set on your computer,

you do not have to enter a user name or password.

Touch OK to finish registering a shared folder to

your contacts.

Procedure for Scanning

These settings must be done in advance to save a

scanned image to a folder or send a scanned image via

email.

U “Preparing to Scan” on page 107

Scanning and Saving an Image to

a Shared Folder or FTP Server

Note:

First, check that the printer's Date/Time and Time

Difference are set correctly. From the control panel,

select, in order, Settings - General Settings - Basic

Settings - Date/Time Settings.

Load the original.

U “Placing Documents in the Scanner” on

page 103

U “How to Load Documents” on page 105

Touch Scan on the Home screen.

Touch Network Folder/FTP.

A screen from which you specify a location

appears.

Specify the Location using one of the 3 following

methods.

❏Select a recipient that is registered for frequent

use: Touch the icon that is displayed.

❏Keyboard: Touch Keyboard. Select

Communication Mode and enter the location

in Location (Required). Set any other

locations as necessary.

Enter the Location in the following formats.

If the communication mode is SMB (when

using a shared folder on a computer): \\host

name (server name)\ folder path

If the communication mode is FTP (when

using an FTP server): ftp://host name (server

name)/folder path

❏Select from the contacts: Touch Contacts,

select a recipient, and then touch Close.

You can search the folders from your contacts.

Enter search keywords into the search box at

the top of the screen.

Note:

You can print a history of the saved folders by

touching .

Touch Scan Settings, and then do the settings for

scanning.

Select settings, such as the Color Mode and the

File Format.

U “Scan Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-

T3100M Series Only)” on page 169

If you are using the optional carrier sheet, you

must do the following settings.

❏Specify a user defined size as the Scan Size.

❏Set Top Offset to 19 mm.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Scan (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

108

Note:

You can register and save frequently used settings

as presets. See the following for more details.

U “Using your Presets” on page 16

Press the Save button to start scanning.

Important:

Do not press down on the scanner cover or

place anything on top of it while scanning.

Otherwise, the scan results may be distorted or

the original may get jammed.

While scanning, hold the original with both

hands so that it does not skew.

Remove the original when scanning is complete.

While holding the original, press the OK button

on the screen, and then remove the original.

Scanning and Attaching an

Image to an Email

Load the original.

U “Placing Documents in the Scanner” on

page 103

U “How to Load Documents” on page 105

Touch Scan on the Home screen.

Touch Email.

A screen from which you specify a recipient

appears.

Specify the recipient using one of the 4 following

methods.

❏Select a recipient that is registered for frequent

use: Touch the icon that is displayed.

❏Keyboard: Touch Keyboard and enter a

recipient. Touch OK.

❏Select from your contacts: Touch Contacts,

select a recipient or group, and then touch

Close.

You can search the recipients from your

contacts. Enter search keywords into the search

box at the top of the screen.

❏Select from your history: Touch History, select

a recipient, and then touch Close.

Note:

❏The number of recipient that you have selected

appears on the right side of the screen. You can

send an email to up to 10 recipients (email

addresses or groups).

If you include a group in your recipients, you

can also add the addresses in the group and

send an email to up to 200 email addresses.

❏You can check a list of the selected addresses by

touching the box at the top of the screen.

❏Touch to change your email server

settings.

Touch Scan Settings, and then do the settings for

scanning.

Select settings, such as the Color Mode and the

File Format.

U “Scan Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-

T3100M Series Only)” on page 169

If you are using the optional carrier sheet, you

must do the following settings.

❏Specify the Scan Size from a standard size.

❏Set Top Offset to 19 mm.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Scan (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

109

Note:

You can register and save frequently used settings

as presets. See the following for more details.

U “Using your Presets” on page 16

Press the Save button to start scanning.

Remove the original when scanning is complete.

While holding the original, press the OK button

on the screen, and then remove the original.

Scanning and Saving an Image to

a Memory Device

Connect a USB flash memory to the printer.

Load the original.

U “Placing Documents in the Scanner” on

page 103

U “How to Load Documents” on page 105

Touch Scan on the Home screen.

Touch Memory Device.

In Basic Settings, select settings, such as Color

Mode or File Format.

U “Scan Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-

T3100M Series Only)” on page 169

If you are setting the scanning density, do the

setting from Advanced.

U “Copy Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-

T3100M Series Only) ” on page 166

If you are using the optional carrier sheet, you

must do the following settings.

❏Specify the Scan Size from a standard size.

❏Set Top Offset to 19 mm.

Note:

You can register and save frequently used settings

as presets. See the following for more details.

U “Using your Presets” on page 16

Press the Save button to start scanning.

Remove the original when scanning is complete.

While holding the original, press the OK button

on the screen, and then remove the original.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Scan (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

110

Making Enlarged

Copies with an A3 or

A4 Scanner (Except

for the SC-T5100M

Series/SC-T3100M

Series)

Connecting an Epson A3 or A4 scanner to the printer

makes creating enlarged copies a snap; no computer is

required.

Supported scanners

❏DS-530

❏DS-6500

❏DS-60000

Check the Epson website for the latest information on

supported scanners.

https://www.epson.com

Supported Sizes

Document Size

Output Size

5 x 7 inch

Letter

US C (17x22in)

JIS B2

US D (22x34in)

JIS B1

US E (34x44in)

User Defined

*1 Differs depending on the specifications of the scanner to be

connected.

*2 Not supported by the SC-T3100 Series/SC-T3100N Series/

SC-T2100 Series

*3 89 to 914 mm width (up to 610 mm for the SC-T3100 Series/

SC-T3100N Series/SC-T2100 Series)

Supported paper

Roll paper only. Enlarged copying to cut sheet is not

possible.

Connecting the Scanner

Ready both the printer and the scanner.

For information on setting up the scanner, see

the documentation supplied with the scanner.

Turn the printer and scanner off.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Making Enlarged Copies with an A3 or A4 Scanner (Except for the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series)

111

Connect the scanner to the printer using the USB

cable supplied with the scanner.

Important:

Connect the scanner directly to the printer.

Enlarged copies are only available when the

scanner is connected directly to the printer.

Making Enlarged Copies

Turn the printer and scanner on.

The devices may be turned on in any order.

Load roll paper supported by the enlarged

copying function into the printer.

U “Loading Roll Paper” on page 30

Place the document on the scanner glass or in the

auto document feeder (ADF).

U “Placing Documents in the Scanner” on

page 113

For information on using the scanner, see the

documentation supplied with the device.

Touch Enlarged Copy on the Home screen.

The enlarged copy dialog box is displayed.

Note:

If Enlarged Copy is not displayed on the Home

screen, check the following.

❏Are the connectors of the USB cable connecting

the printer and scanner inserted firmly?

❏Is the power of the scanner on?

❏Is the scanner a model that supports enlarged

copying?

Select the size of the document loaded in the

scanner in Original Size and set the enlargement

setting in Reduce/Enlarge.

If you set Auto Fit Page to On, printing is

performed by automatically enlarging to fit the

width of the roll paper loaded in the printer.

Important:

The image quality may decline or streaks may

appear depending on the document or

magnification.

If streaks appear, try performing paper

adjustment.

U “Optimizing Paper Settings (Media

Adjust)” on page 46

If the problem is not resolved, refer to the

scanner manual and then clean the inside of

the scanner.

Note:

You can register and save frequently used settings

as presets. See the following for more details.

U “Using your Presets” on page 16

Touch the numeric value for the number of

copies and then enter the number of copies in the

keypad screen.

Touch to start copying.

Copying can also be started by touching the ]

button of the scanner.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Making Enlarged Copies with an A3 or A4 Scanner (Except for the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series)

112

Placing Documents in the

Scanner

Failure to observe the following precautions when

placing the original in the scanner may result in reduced

print quality or scanning failures.

❏DS-530 is a scanner that scans both sides

simultaneously, but it cannot scan both sides of a

document with enlarged copying. Place the side you

want copying facing downward in the ADF.

❏Be sure to insert the original in landscape (wide)

orientation.

❏If there are documents both on the glass and in the

ADF, the document in the ADF will be scanned.

Remove documents from the ADF before placing a

document on the glass.

❏The ADF can not be used when:

❏When JIS B1 or A0 is selected for Reduce/

Enlarge and multiple copies will be made

❏The original is printed on thick stock (e.g.,

postcards or photographs)

❏When multiple copies are made from an original

placed on the glass, the original may be scanned

once for each copy.

Wait until all the copies have been printed before

opening the scanner cover.

❏Use the ADF to scan multi-page documents.

❏If multiple copies are set for scanning multiple

sheets continuously, the copies will be printed on a

page basis as shown below.

Example: Order in which pages are output when the

printer is used to make two copies of a two page

document

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Making Enlarged Copies with an A3 or A4 Scanner (Except for the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series)

113

Using the Menu

Menu List

The items and options available in the menu are described below. See the reference pages for more details on each

item.

Paper Setting

The Paper Setting menu is displayed if paper is loaded.

Details of each item U “Paper Setting menu” on page 132

Settings item Settings value

Roll Paper

Remove Display the removal method

Feed/Cut Paper Backward, Forward, Cut

Media Adjust Start

Advanced Media Setting

Platen Gap 1.6,2.1,2.6

(This is displayed when Custom Paper is selected in Paper Type.)

Top/Bottom Margins Standard, Top 3 mm/Bottom 3 mm, Top 15 mm/Bottom 15 mm, Top

45 mm/Bottom 15 mm

Back Tension Auto, Standard, High, Extra High

Drying Time

Drying Time per Pass 0 to 10.0 sec

Drying Time per Page 0 to 60 min

Auto Cut On, Off

Manage Remaining Amount

Setup On, Off

Remaining Amount 5.0 to 150.0 m

Remaining Alert 1.0 to 15.0 m

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

114

Settings item Settings value

Change Paper Type

Paper Type

Plain Paper Display supported paper types

Coated Paper(Generic)

Premium Glossy Sheet

Others

Auto Sheet Feeder

Media Adjust Start

Change Paper Type/Paper Size

Paper Type

Plain Paper Display supported paper types

Coated Paper(Generic)

Premium Glossy Sheet

Others

Paper Size Display supported paper sizes

Cut Sheet(1 sheet)

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

115

Settings item Settings value

Remove Eject paper

Media Adjust Start

Change Paper Type/Paper Size

Paper Type

Plain Paper Display supported paper types

Coated Paper(Generic)

Premium Glossy Sheet

Others

Paper Size

A Series Display supported paper sizes

US-ANSI

US-ARCH

B Series (ISO)

B Series (JIS)

Others

User-Defined Display paper size input screen

Printer Status

Details of each item U “Printer Status menu” on page 137

Settings item Settings value

Supply Status Display approximate remaining amounts, as well as product number

of consumables

Message List Display list of messages communicating printer status

Firmware Version Display firmware version

Print Status Sheet

Configuration Status Sheet Print

Settings

Items marked with an asterisk (*) are displayed only for the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series.

Settings item Settings value

General Settings

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

116

Settings item Settings value

Basic Settings (Details of each item U “General Settings - Basic Settings” on page 138)

LCD Brightness 1 to 9

Sound

Mute On, Off

Button Press 0 to 10

Error Notice 0 to 10

Sound Type Pattern1, Pattern2

Sound (except for the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series)

Mute On, Off

Normal Mode

Button Press 0 to 10

Error Notice 0 to 10

Sound Type Pattern1, Pattern2

Sleep Timer SC-T5100 Series/SC-T5100N Series/SC-T3100 Series/SC-T3100N

Series/SC-T2100 Series: 1 to 210 mins.

SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series: 1 to 60 mins.

Wake from Sleep

Touch LCD Screen to Wake On, Off, Scheduled (between 0:00 and 23:45 in 15 minute increments)

Power Off Timer Off, 30minutes, 1h, 2h, 4h, 8h, 12h

Circuit Breaker Interlock Startup On, Off

Date/Time Settings

Date/Time Date: yyyy.mm.dd, mm.dd.yyyy, dd.mm.yyyy

Time: 12h, 24h

Time Difference -12:45 to +13:45 (15 minute increments)

Language Display supported languages

Operation Time Out On, Off

Keyboard (except for the SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T3100M Series)

QWERTY, AZERTY, QWERTZ

Length Unit m, ft / in

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

117

Settings item Settings value

Printer Settings (Details of each item U “General Settings - Printer Settings” on page 141)

Paper Source Settings

Error Notice

Paper Size Notice On, Off

Paper Type Notice On, Off

Roll Paper Setup

Detect Paper Meandering On, Off

Print Cutting Guideline On, Off

After-Print Options Hold Paper, Eject Paper

Custom Paper Setting

(Custom paper types 01 to 10 are displayed, and touching any of these will display settings items.)

Change Name Registered name input screen

Change Reference Paper

Plain Paper Display supported paper types

Matte Paper

Photo Paper

CAD

Others

Advanced Media Setting

Platen Gap 1.6,2.1,2.6

Top/Bottom Margins Standard, Top 3 mm/Bottom 3 mm, Top 15 mm/Bottom 15 mm, Top

45 mm/Bottom 15 mm

Back Tension Auto, Standard, High, Extra High

Drying Time

Drying Time per Pass 0.0 to 10.0 sec

Drying Time per Page 0.0 to 60 min

Auto Cut On, Off

Restore Default Yes, No

Printing Language

USB Auto, HP-GL/2

Network Auto, HP-GL/2

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

118

Settings item Settings value

Universal Print Settings

Paper Source Roll Paper, Auto Sheet Feeder, Cut Sheet(1 sheet)

Quality Standard, Speed, Fine, Super Fine

Color Mode Color, Black/White

Page Margins option Clip By Margins, Oversize

Page Margin 3 mm, 5 mm

Smoothing On, Off

Base Output Size

Auto -

A Series Display supported paper sizes

US-ANSI

US-ARCH

B Series (ISO)

B Series (JIS)

Others

User-Defined Display paper size input screen

Resolution Standard, 300dpi, 600dpi, 1200dpi

Color Mode (Common) EPSON Standard (sRGB), Business Graphics, GIS, Line Drawing, Off (No

Color Management)

HP-GL/2 Unique Settings

Rotate 0˚,90˚,180˚,270˚

Origin Setup Left Edge, Center

Mirror Image On, Off

Line Merge On, Off

Color Mode (HP-GL/2) EPSON Standard (sRGB), Business Graphics, GIS, Line Drawing, Off (No

Color Management)

Select Palette Software, Default, Palette A, Palette B

Print Color Palette Print

Define Palette

Palette A Display screen to set pen width and pen color

Palette B

Restore default HP-GL/2 Unique Settings Yes, No

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

119

Settings item Settings value

Memory Device Interface

Memory Device Enable, Disable

Thick Paper Off, On

Bidirectional On, Off

PC Connection via USB Enable, Disable

USB I/F Timeout Setting 0 sec, or 5 to 300 sec

Network Settings (Details of each item U “General Settings - Network Settings” on page 151)

Wi-Fi Setup

Router

Connect via Wi-Fi When wireless LAN connection disabled: Display Connect via Wi-Fi

When wireless LAN connection connected: Display connection status

and settings information

Wi-Fi Setup Wizard

Push Button Setup(WPS)

Others

PIN Code Setup(WPS)

Wi-Fi Auto Connect

Disable Wi-Fi

Wi-Fi Direct

Wi-Fi Direct When Wi-Fi Direct disabled: Display Wi-Fi Direct wizard

When Wi-Fi Direct enabled: Display settings information and number

of connected devices

Change Network Name

Change Password

Disable Wi-Fi Direct

Delete Registered Device (SC-T5100 Series/

SC-T5100N Series/SC-T3100 Series/

SC-T3100N Series/SC-T2100 Series only)

Restore Default Settings

Wired LAN Setup Start Setup

(Displayed when connected to a wireless LAN.)

Network Status

Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status Display current connection settings

Wi-Fi Direct Status

Email Server Status

Display setting items

Print Status Sheet Print

Connection Check Start network connection check

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

120

Settings item Settings value

Advanced

Device Name Display settings change screen

TCP/IP

Proxy Server

Email Server

Display General Settings - Scan Settings - Email Server

Shared Folder

Display settings change screen

IPv6 Address Enable, Disable

Link Speed & Duplex Auto, 10BASE-T Half Duplex, 10BASE-T Full Duplex, 100BASE-TX Half

Duplex, 100BASE-TX Full Duplex

Redirect HTTP to HTTPS Enable, Disable

Disable IPsec/IP Filtering Proceed

(Displayed when enabled.)

Disable IEEE802.1X

iBeacon Transmission

Enable, Disable

Scan Settings

(Details of Each Item U “General Settings - Scan Settings (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)” on

page 153)

Confirm Recipient On, Off

Email Server

Server Settings Off, POP before SMTP, SMTP-AUTH

Connection Check Start a test

Scan Options

Confirm Before Ejecting Scanned Document On, Off

Correct Skewed Image On, Off

Document Feed Adjustment -1.00 to 1.00

Image Stitching Smoother On, Off

Image Stitching Adjustment -5 to 5

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

121

Settings item Settings value

System Administration (Details of each item U “General Settings - System Administration” on page 156)

Contacts Manager

Frequent

Email Display the screen for registering frequently used addresses

Network Folder/FTP Display the screen for registering frequently used addresses

Print Contacts

List of all Contacts Specify the print area, and then print

List of Email Contacts Specify the print area, and then print

List of Folder/FTP Contacts Specify the print area, and then print

View Options Tile View, List View

Search Options Begins with, Ends with, Includes

Security Settings

Restrictions

Job log access Off, On

Access to Register/Delete Contacts Off, On

Access to Recent of Scan to Email Off, On

Access to Show Sent History of Scan to Email Off, On

Access to Language Off, On

Access to Thick Paper Off, On

Protection of Personal Data Off, On

Access Control

Off, On

Admin Settings

Admin Password Register, Change, Clear All Settings

Lock Setting Off, On

Restore Default Settings

Network Settings Yes, No

Copy Settings

Yes, No

Scan Settings

Yes, No

Clear All Data and Settings Yes, No

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

122

Settings item Settings value

Firmware Update

Update Start Checking

Notification Off, On

Supply Status Display approximate remaining amounts, as well as product number

of consumables

Maintenance (Details of each item U “Maintenance” on page 159)

Print Quality Adjustment Paper Source, Start

Print Head Nozzle Check Paper Source, Start

Head Cleaning Start

Paper Guide Cleaning Start

Ink Cartridge(s) Replacement Start

Replace Maintenance Box Display procedure

Replace Cutter Start

Powerful Cleaning Start

Discharging/Charging Ink Start

Language Display supported languages

Printer Status/Print (Details of each item U “Printer Status/Print” on page 160)

Print Status Sheet

Configuration Status Sheet Print

Network Display General Settings - Network Settings - Network Status

Contacts Manager

Display General Settings - System Administration - Contacts

Manager

Enlarged Copy (except for the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series)

Displayed when an Epson A3 or A4 scanner is connected to the printer. Set scaling in this menu to enable enlarged

printing of the scanned documents.

Details of each item U “Enlarged Copy menu (except for the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series)” on

page 161

Settings item Settings value

Copies 1 to 99

Color Mode Black/White, Color

Original Size A4, A5, A3, B5, B4, Letter, 13 x 18 cm (5 x 7 in)

Reduce/Enlarge

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

123

Settings item Settings value

Auto Fit Page On, Off

Custom Size Actual Size, A0

, US E (34x44in)

, JIS B1

, A1, US D (22x34in), JIS B2, US C

(17x22in), A2, User-Defined

* Only displayed for the SC-T5100 Series/SC-T5100N Series.

Density -4 to 4

Quality Speed, Fine

Memory Device (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

Displayed when a USB flash memory is connected to the printer. The following are the Basic Settings and Advanced

menus displayed after selecting the print menu for each file.

Details of each item U “Memory Device menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)” on page 163

Settings item Settings value

Basic Settings

Copies 1 to 99

Paper Source Roll Paper, Auto Sheet Feeder, Cut Sheet(1 sheet)

Color Mode Black/White, Color

Advanced

Quality Standard, Speed, Fine, Super Fine

Page Margins option Clip By Margins, Oversize

Bidirectional On, Off

Reduce/Enlarge

Auto Fit Page On, Off

Custom Size Actual Size, A4, A3, Super A3, A2, Super A2, A1, Super A1, Letter, Legal,

US B (11x17in), US C (17x22in), US D (22x34in), ARCH A (9x12in), ARCH

B (12x18in), ARCH C (18x24in), ARCH D (24x36in), ISO B4, ISO B3, ISO

B2, JIS B4, JIS B3, JIS B2, 610 x 762 mm, 30 x 40 cm, 40 x 60 cm, 50 x 70

cm, 60 x 90 cm, User Defined

Color Mode (Common) Poster(Photo)/Perspective, Poster/Document, GIS, CAD/Line

Drawing, Off (No Color Management)

Copy (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

Details of each item U “Copy Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series Only) ” on page 166

Settings item Settings value

Basic Settings

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

124

Settings item Settings value

Copies 1 to 99

Color Mode Black/White, Color

Quality Speed, Fine, Super Fine

Density -4 to 4

Paper Source Roll Paper, Auto Sheet Feeder, Cut Sheet(1 sheet)

Reduce/Enlarge

Auto Fit Page On, Off

Custom Size Actual Size, ISO A4->A0, ISO A3->A0, ISO A4->A1, ISO A2->A0, ISO

A3->A1, ISO A1->A0, ISO A2->A1, ISO A0->A1, ISO A1->A2, ISO

A0->A2, ISO A1->A3, ISO A0->A3, ISO A1->A4, ISO A0->A4, US ANSI/

ARCH A->E, US ANSI/ARCH B->E, US ANSI/ARCH A->D, US ANSI/ARCH

C->E, US ANSI/ARCH B->D, US ANSI/ARCH D->E, US ANSI/ARCH C->D,

US ANSI/ARCH E->D, US ANSI/ARCH D->C, US ANSI/ARCH E->C, US

ANSI/ARCH D->B, US ANSI/ARCH E->B, US ANSI/ARCH D->A, US ANSI/

ARCH E->A

Original Type Text/Line Drawing, Tracing Paper, Blueprint

Advanced

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

125

Settings item Settings value

Original Size

Auto Detect -

ISO A Display supported sizes for originals

US-ANSI

US-ARCH

JIS B

ISO B

User-Defined Display the Original Size Input screen

Top Offset 0.0 to 100.0 mm

0.00 to 3.94 inch

Page Margins option Clip By Margins, Oversize

Image Quality

Contrast -4 to 4

Sharpness -4 to 4

Remove Background

Auto On, Off

-4 to 4 -

Bidirectional On, Off

Clear All Settings Yes, No

Scan (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

Details of each item U “Scan Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series Only)” on page 169

Settings item Settings value

Network Folder/FTP

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

126

Settings item Settings value

Destination Display the Location Selection screen

Scan Settings

Color Mode Black/White, Color

File Format

File Format JPEG, PDF, PDF/A, TIFF (Multi Page)

Compression Ratio High Compression, Standard Compression, Low Compression

PDF Settings

Document Open Password

Password Setting Off, On

Password Enter password

Permissions Password

Password Setting Off, On

Password Enter password

Printing Allowed, Not Allowed

Editing Allowed, Not Allowed

Resolution 200dpi, 300dpi, 400dpi, 600dpi

Scan Size

Auto Detect -

ISO A Display supported scan sizes

US-ANSI

US-ARCH

JIS B

ISO B

User-Defined Display the Scan Size Input screen

Top Offset 0.0 to 100.0 mm

0.00 to 3.94 inch

Original Type Text/Line Drawing, Tracing Paper, Blueprint

Density -4 to 4

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

127

Settings item Settings value

Image Quality

Contrast -4 to 4

Sharpness -4 to 4

Remove Background

Auto On, Off

-4 to 4 -

File Name

Filename Prefix Enter the filename prefix

Add Date On, Off

Add Time On, Off

Clear All Settings Yes, No

Destination Display the Recipient Selection screen

Scan Settings

Color Mode Black/White, Color

File Format

File Format JPEG, PDF, PDF/A, TIFF (Multi Page)

Compression Ratio High Compression, Standard Compression, Low Compression

PDF Settings

Document Open Password

Password Setting Off, On

Password Enter password

Permissions Password

Password Setting Off, On

Password Enter password

Printing Allowed, Not Allowed

Editing Allowed, Not Allowed

Resolution 200dpi, 300dpi, 400dpi, 600dpi

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

128

Settings item Settings value

Scan Size

Auto Detect -

ISO A Display supported scan sizes

US-ANSI

US-ARCH

JIS B

ISO B

User-Defined Display the Scan Size Input screen

Top Offset 0.0 to 100.0 mm

0.00 to 3.94 inch

Original Type Text/Line Drawing, Tracing Paper, Blueprint

Density -4 to 4

Image Quality

Contrast -4 to 4

Sharpness -4 to 4

Remove Background -4 to 4

Auto On, Off

-4 to 4 -

Subject Enter subject

Attached File Max Size 1MB, 2MB, 5MB, 10MB, 20MB, 30MB

File Name

Filename Prefix Enter the filename prefix

Add Date On, Off

Add Time On, Off

Clear All Settings Yes, No

Memory Device

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

129

Settings item Settings value

Basic Settings

Color Mode Black/White, Color

File Format

File Format JPEG, PDF, PDF/A, TIFF (Multi Page)

Compression Ratio High Compression, Standard Compression, Low Compression

PDF Settings

Document Open Password

Password Setting Off, On

Password Enter password

Permissions Password

Password Setting Off, On

Password Enter password

Printing Allowed, Not Allowed

Editing Allowed, Not Allowed

Resolution 200dpi, 300dpi, 400dpi, 600dpi

Scan Size

Auto Detect -

ISO A Display supported scan sizes

US-ANSI

US-ARCH

JIS B

ISO B

User-Defined Display the Scan Size Input screen

Top Offset 0.0 to 100.0 mm

0.00 to 3.94 inch

Original Type Text/Line Drawing, Tracing Paper, Blueprint

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

130

Settings item Settings value

Advanced

Density -4 to 4

Image Quality

Contrast -4 to 4

Sharpness -4 to 4

Remove Background

Auto On, Off

-4 to 4 -

File Name

Filename Prefix Enter the filename prefix

Add Date On, Off

Add Time On, Off

Clear All Settings Yes, No

Network Folder (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

Details of each item U “Network Folder Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series Only)” on page 178

Settings item Settings value

Basic Settings

Paper Source Roll Paper, Auto Sheet Feeder, Cut Sheet(1 sheet)

Color Mode Black/White, Color

Advanced

Quality Speed, Fine, Super Fine

Page Margins option Clip By Margins, Oversize

Bidirectional On, Off

Color Mode (Common) EPSON Standard (sRGB), Business Graphics, GIS, Line Drawing, Off (No

Color Management)

Reduce/Enlarge

Auto Fit Page On, Off

Custom Size 25%-1024%

Standard Size Actual Size, User-Defined

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

131

Paper Setting menu

Roll Paper menu

❏The Paper Setting menu is displayed if paper is loaded.

❏Media Adjust adjustment results, and settings in Advanced Media Setting and Manage Remaining Amount are

stored for each paper type in Paper Type. Changing adjustments and settings will save these as the currently

selected paper type settings even if the power is turned off.

*Default setting

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Remove Rewind the roll paper until it is ejected from inside the printer.

U “Removing Roll Paper” on page 34

Feed/Cut Paper Backward Use Backward and Forward to move the paper to the desired position.

Touch Cut to cut the paper using the built-in cutter.

U “Cutting the Roll Paper” on page 32

Forward

Cut

Media Adjust Start Run this adjustment when there is a problem with print results, or

after registering custom paper settings.

Touch Start to print an adjustment pattern. Follow the on-screen

instructions to make adjustments.

The adjustment results are saved as settings for the selected paper

type.

U “Optimizing Paper Settings (Media Adjust)” on page 46

Advanced Media Setting

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

132

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Platen Gap 1.6 This is displayed when Custom Paper is selected in Paper Type.

When registering Custom Paper, this is set to the Platen Gap (distance

between print head and paper) for the paper selected in Change

Reference Paper, so it does not normally need to be changed.

Change this to a setting that will widen the gap (a higher value) if print

results are smeared.

2.1

2.6

Top/Bottom Margins Standard

Setting this to Standard will set the top/bottom margins as follows

depending on the printer driver print targets.

❏CAD/Line Drawing: 3 mm/3 mm

❏Others: 30 mm/30 mm

Left and right margins will remain at 3 mm regardless of settings. If

there is any soiling on the top section of the print results, increase the

top margin.

U “Printable area” on page 215

Top 3 mm/Bottom

3 mm

Top 15 mm/

Bottom 15 mm

Top 45 mm/

Bottom 15 mm

Back Tension Auto

If there is any wrinkling on the paper during printing, set this to High

or Extra High.

Standard

High

Extra High

Drying Time

Drying Time per Pass 0.0 to 10.0 seconds

(0.0

)

Select the time the print head pauses to allow drying after each pass.

Choose from values between 0.0 and 10.0 seconds. Depending on the

paper type, the ink may take a while to dry. If the ink blurs on the

paper, set a longer time for drying the ink. Increasing the drying time

increases the time needed to print.

Drying Time per Page 0.0 to 60 minutes

(0.0

)

Specify how long the printer pauses to allow the ink to dry after

printing each page; choose from values between 0.0 and 60 minutes.

Depending on the ink density or paper type, the ink may take a while

to dry. If the ink blurs on the paper, set a longer time for drying the ink.

The longer the drying time, the more time required for printing.

Auto Cut On

Select whether to automatically cut (On) or not cut (Off) using the

built-in cutter as each page is printed on roll paper. Set to On to

automatically cut the edge if it is not a horizontal cut when paper is

loaded. The setting selected with the printer driver takes priority

when the printer driver is used.

U “Cutting the Roll Paper” on page 32

Off

Manage Remaining Amount

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

133

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Setup On Select whether to display/record (On) or not to display/ record (Off)

the amount of remaining roll paper. Set to On to enable Remaining

Amount and Remaining Alert.

U “For Roll Paper” on page 42

Off

Remaining Amount 5.0 to 150.0 m

(30

)

Entering the total length of the loaded roll paper in Remaining

Amount displays an estimate of remaining amount of roll paper on

the printer's Home screen and on the printer driver screen.

In Remaining Alert, set the limit at which to display a warning when

the amount of remaining roll paper drops below that limit. You can

set in 0.1 m increments.

Remaining Alert 1.0 to 15.0 m (5.0

)

Change Paper Type

Paper Type Plain Paper

Select the type of loaded paper. The most recently used paper type is

displayed for the three options except for Others. When the desired

paper type is not displayed, touch Others to display the other paper

types and then select a paper type.

U “For Roll Paper” on page 42

Coated

Paper(Generic)

Premium Glossy

Sheet

Others

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

134

Auto Sheet Feeder menu

The Paper Setting menu is displayed if paper is loaded.

*Default setting

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Media Adjust Start Run this adjustment when there is a problem with print results, or

after registering custom paper settings.

Touch Start to print an adjustment pattern. Follow the on-screen

instructions to make adjustments.

The adjustment results are saved as settings for the selected paper

type.

U “Optimizing Paper Settings (Media Adjust)” on page 46

Change Paper Type/Paper Size

Paper Type Plain Paper

Select the type of loaded paper. The most recently used paper type

is displayed for the three options except for Others. When the

desired paper type is not displayed, touch Others to display the

other paper types and then select a paper type.

U “For Auto Sheet Feeder/Cut Sheet(1 sheet)” on page 44

Coated

Paper(Generic)

Premium Glossy

Sheet

Others

Paper Size A4 Select the size of the loaded paper.

If the desired size is not in the options, then select User-Defined,

and enter the paper width and length.

JIS B4

ISO B4

Letter (8 1/2x11in)

Legal (8 1/2x14in)

US B (11x17in)

ARCH A (9x12in)

User-Defined

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

135

Cut Sheet(1 sheet) menu

The Paper Setting menu is displayed if paper is loaded.

*Default setting

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Remove Touch to eject the loaded cut sheet (1 sheet) without printing.

Touch to eject to the front.

U “Removing Cut Sheet (1 Sheet)” on page 41

Media Adjust Start Run this adjustment when there is a problem with print results, or

after registering custom paper settings.

Touch Start to print an adjustment pattern. Follow the on-screen

instructions to make adjustments.

The adjustment results are saved as settings for the selected paper

type.

U “Optimizing Paper Settings (Media Adjust)” on page 46

Change Paper Type/Paper Size

Paper Type Plain Paper

Select the type of loaded paper. The most recently used paper type

is displayed for the three options except for Others. When the

desired paper type is not displayed, touch Others to display the

other paper types and then select a paper type.

U “For Auto Sheet Feeder/Cut Sheet(1 sheet)” on page 44

Coated

Paper(Generic)

Premium Glossy

Sheet

Others

Paper Size A Series Select the size of the loaded paper.

If the desired size is not in the options, then select User-Defined,

and enter the paper width and length.

US-ANSI

US-ARCH

B Series (ISO)

B Series (JIS)

Others

User-Defined

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

136

Printer Status menu

*Default setting

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Supply Status Display the approximate remaining amounts of each color in ink

cartridge and its product number, and the approximate capacity in and

product number of the Maintenance Box.

The shorter the bar is, the lower the remaining amount of space. Even if

is displayed, printing is possible until replacement is instructed.

However, ensure that a new ink cartridge of that color, or a new

Maintenance Box is readied in advance.

Furthermore, the ink color codes beside the bars indicate the following.

❏K: Black

❏M: Magenta

❏Y: Yellow

❏C: Cyan

Message List Display a list of messages communicating printer status. Select a

message from the list to display detailed information.

Firmware Version Display the printer firmware version.

Print Status Sheet

Configuration Status Sheet Print a list of current printer settings. Use this to view all information at a

glance.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

137

Settings menu

General Settings

General Settings - Basic Settings

*Default setting

Settings item Settings value Explanation

LCD Brightness 1 to 9(9

)Adjust screen brightness.

Sound (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

Mute On Setting this to On will mute the sound output when touching the

menu or other items on the control panel screen, and the

confirmation sound output when inserting paper into the paper

slot when loading paper.

Off

Button Press 0 to 10(5

)Adjust the volume of the sound when touching the menu or other

items on the control panel screen, and of the confirmation sound

when inserting paper into the paper slot when loading paper.

Error Notice 0 to 10(5

)Adjust the volume of the sound notifying of an error.

Sound Type Pattern1

Adjust the type of the sound when touching the menu or other

items on the control panel screen, and of the confirmation sound

when inserting paper into the paper slot when loading paper.

Pattern2

Sound (except for the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series)

Mute On Setting this to On will mute the sound output when touching the

menu or other items on the control panel screen, and the

confirmation sound output when inserting paper into the paper

slot when loading paper.

Off

Normal Mode

Button Press 0 to 10(5

)Adjust the volume of the sound when touching the menu or other

items on the control panel screen, and of the confirmation sound

when inserting paper into the paper slot when loading paper.

Error Notice 0 to 10(5

)Adjust the volume of the sound notifying of an error.

Sound Type Pattern1

Adjust the type of the sound when touching the menu or other

items on the control panel screen, and of the confirmation sound

when inserting paper into the paper slot when loading paper.

Pattern2

Sleep Timer SC-T5100 Series/

SC-T5100N Series/

SC-T3100 Series/

SC-T3100N Series/

SC-T2100 Series: 1 to 210

mins. (15

)

SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T3100M Series: 1 to 60

mins. (15

)

The printer will enter sleep mode if no errors have occurred, no print

jobs have been received, and no actions are performed on the

control panel for an extended period of time. This setting selects the

amount of time until the printer enters sleep mode.

U “Saving Power” on page 22

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

138

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Wake from Sleep

Touch LCD Screen to

Wake

Sets whether or not to wake from sleep mode by screen operation

during sleep mode. When Off is selected, press the power button to

wake from sleep mode.

If you select Scheduled, you can specify the time period between

0:00 and 23:45 in 15 minute increments to allow the printer to wake

from sleep mode by screen operation.

Off

Scheduled

(6:00 to 21:00

)

Power Off Timer Off You can select the time after which the printer will turn off

automatically if no errors have occurred, no print jobs have been

received, or no actions are performed on the control panel for an

extended period of time.

U “Saving Power” on page 22

The default setting differs as follows depending on the model.

❏SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series/SC-T5100 Series/

SC-T5100N Series/SC-T3100 Series/SC-T3100N Series/

SC-T2100 Series: 8h

❏Models other than the above: Off

30minutes

12h

Circuit Breaker Interlock

Startup

Select whether to turn the printer on (On) or off (Off) when the

breaker switch is turned on.

Off

Date/Time Settings

Date/Time - Enter the current date and time.

Time Difference -12:45 to +13:45 (0.00

)Set the difference with coordinated universal time (UTC) in 15

minute increments.

In network environments with a time difference, set this as

necessary when administrating the printer.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

139

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Language Japanese Select the language used on the control panel's screen.

English

French

Italian

German

Portuguese

Spanish

Dutch

Russian

Polish

Korean

Simplified Chinese

Traditional Chinese

Operation Time Out On

Setting this to On will display a message and return to the Home

screen if there is no operation within a certain amount of time while

a screen other than the Home screen is displayed.

Off

Keyboard

(Except for the

SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T3100M Series)

QWERTY

Select the key arrangement for the text input screen displayed

when entering the name of Custom Paper or other name.

AZERTY

QWERTZ

Length Unit m

Select the units of length to use when displaying the length of roll

paper and other items.

ft / in

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

140

General Settings - Printer Settings

*Default setting

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Paper Source Settings

Error Notice

Paper Size Notice On

Setting this to On will display an error message when the output size

or paper type settings of print jobs sent to the printer differ from

those settings in the printer.

Off

Paper Type Notice On

Off

Roll Paper Setup

Detect Paper Me-

andering

If On is selected, an error will be displayed in the control panel and

printing will stop if the paper is skewed; select Off to disable this

feature. On is recommended in most circumstances as skewed paper

may cause the printer to jam.

Off

Print Cutting

Guideline

On If Auto Cut is Off, you can choose to print (On) or not print (Off) cut

lines on roll paper. Cut lines are not printed if Auto Cut is On or when

cut sheets are used.

Note, however, that if the roll width selected with the computer is

narrower than the paper loaded in the printer, cut lines will be printed

regardless of the option selected for Auto Cut.

The setting selected with the printer driver takes priority when the

printer driver is used.

Off

After-Print Options Hold Paper

After printing, select whether the printer should grip the trailing edge

of the cut sheet or auto cut roll paper in the eject slot (Hold Paper), or

allow it to be fully ejected (Eject Paper). To prevent the print surface

from being scratched when the paper is ejected and it drops down,

we normally recommend using Hold Paper.

When using Hold Paper, manually pull the edge of the paper out of

the printer so that the paper does not drop down.

Eject Paper

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

141

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Custom Paper Setting

(Touching any of the registry numbers from 01 to 10 will display settings items.)

Change Name Register and change the name of the custom paper settings. The

name registered here is displayed in the Paper Type list.

Touch this to display the keypad screen. Up to 20 characters may be

input for the name. The keypad screen can be switched as shown

below with the button marked.

Touch the icons at bottom left to switch between input methods.

ABC: Enters alphabet letters.

123#: Enters numbers and symbols.

To change the key layout of the full keyboard, use Keyboard in the

Basic Settings menu.

U “General Settings - Basic Settings” on page 138

Change Reference

Paper

Plain Paper

You can select the media type that is the closest to the paper you are

using.

Matte Paper

Photo Paper

CAD

Others

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

142

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Advanced Media Setting

Platen Gap 1.6 This is the Platen Gap (distance between print head and paper) for the

paper selected in Change Reference Paper, so it does not normally

need to be changed. Change this to a setting that will widen the gap

(a higher value) if print results are smeared.

2.1

2.6

Top/Bottom Mar-

gins

Standard

Setting this to Standard will set the top/bottom margins as follows

depending on the printer driver print targets.

❏CAD Line Drawing: 3 mm/3 mm

❏Others: 30 mm/30 mm

Left and right margins will remain at 3 mm regardless of settings. If

there is any soiling on the top section of the print results, increase the

top margin.

U “Printable area” on page 215

Top 3 mm/Bottom 3 mm

Top 15 mm/Bottom 15 mm

Top 45 mm/Bottom 15 mm

Back Tension Auto

If there is any wrinkling on the paper during printing, select High or

Extra High.

Standard

High

Extra High

Drying Time

Drying Time per

Pass

0.0 to 10.0 seconds (0.0

)Select the time the print head pauses to allow drying after each pass.

Choose from values between 0.0 and 10.0 seconds Depending on the

paper type, the ink may take a while to dry. If the ink blurs on the

paper, set a longer time for drying the ink. Increasing the drying time

increases the time needed to print.

Drying Time per

Page

0.0 to 60 minutes (0.0

)Specify how long the printer pauses to allow the ink to dry after

printing each page; choose from values between 0 and 60 minutes.

Depending on the ink density or paper type, the ink may take a while

to dry. If the ink blurs on the paper, set a longer time for drying the ink.

The longer the drying time, the more time required for printing.

Auto Cut On

Select whether to automatically cut (On) or not cut (Off) using the

built-in cutter as each page is printed on roll paper. Set to On to

automatically cut the edge if it is not a horizontal cut when paper is

loaded.

The setting selected with the printer driver takes priority when the

printer driver is used.

U “Cutting the Roll Paper” on page 32

Off

Restore Default Restore the selected Custom Paper settings to default settings.

Printing Language

USB Auto

Normally, leave the setting as Auto. If HP-GL/2 or HP RTL print data is

sent from a CAD application or plotter, this is automatically

determined, and switched to HP-GL/2 mode.

If HP-GL/2 mode printing is not carried out normally, or if normally

printing in HP-GL/2 or HP RTL, set as HP-GL/2.

HP-GL/2

Network Auto

HP-GL/2

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

143

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Universal Print Settings

Paper Source Roll Paper

Select the paper source. If the paper is not loaded as in the set paper

source, then an error will occur during printing.

Auto Sheet Feeder

Cut Sheet(1 sheet)

Quality Standard

Select the print quality. Standard prints with the quality mode

appropriate for the Paper Type setting for the paper selected in Paper

Source.

Speed

Fine

Super Fine

Color Mode Color

Specify whether to print in color or switch to black and white and then

print.

Black/White

Page Margins option Clip By Margins

Depending on the base output size setting, adds the value selected

for the page margin (area of in the following illustration) inside

the hard clip area of the PS command of the data or the size selected

for base output size (area of in the following illustration). When

there is a print object in the margin section, it is clipped and not

printed.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

144

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Oversize The position at which the margin is added depends on the base

output size setting, as shown below.

❏When set to Auto

Adds the value selected for page margin (area of in the

following illustration) outside the hard clip area of the PS

command of the data (area of in the following illustration).

❏When set to a standard size or user defined size

Adds the value selected for page margin (area of in the

following illustration) outside the size selected for base output

size (area of in the following illustration). With the actual

output size, the margin section becomes larger than the

selected size (the area of in the following illustration).

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

145

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Page Margin 3 mm

Select the top, bottom, left, and right margin values.

For a cut sheet, the top, bottom, left, and right margin values are 3 mm

regardless of the settings.

5 mm

Smoothing On This setting is enabled when Resolution is set to Standard and there

is no resolution specification in the sent print data. Setting this to On

will print at the maximum resolution corresponding to the Paper

Type setting for the paper selected in Paper Source, but depending

on the data, this may result in a long print time, or failures in printing

because of insufficient memory.

Off

Base Output Size Auto

The hard clip area of the PS command of the data becomes the base

output size. The actual output size depends on the Page Margins

option. When the data does not contain a PS command, the smallest

rectangle area of in the following illustration including the print

object becomes the base output size.

A Series The compatible standard sizes for the selected Paper Source are

displayed, therefore select the Base Output Size. The actual output

size depends on the Page Margins option.

For a cut sheet, this setting is available only when the data does not

contain a PS command. If the data contains a PS command, this

setting is not available, and the hard clip area of the PS command

becomes the Base Output Size.

US-ANSI

US-ARCH

B Series (ISO)

B Series (JIS)

Others

User-Defined Select this option when outputting at non-standard sizes. After

selecting this setting, set Paper Width and Paper Height. You can set

in 0.1 mm increments.

The actual output size depends on the Page Margins option.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

146

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Resolution Standard

This setting is enabled when the resolution is not specified in the sent

print data. Standard prints at the resolution corresponding to the

Paper Type setting for the paper selected in Paper Source and the

Quality setting.

300dpi

600dpi

1200dpi

Color Mode (Com-

mon)

EPSON Standard (sRGB) Optimize the sRGB space and correct the color.

Business Graphics

Perform color correction to sharpen your images based on the sRGB

space.

GIS Perform color correction suitable for when printing GIS (Geographic

Information System) topographical maps or similar.

Line Drawing Perform color correction suitable for CAD drawings and other line

drawings.

Off (No Color

Management)

Do not perform color correction.

HP-GL/2 Unique Settings

(Print settings unique to HP-GL/2 or HP RTL modes.)

Rotate 0˚

You can rotate the coordinates of the drawn data counterclockwise in

units of 90˚ before printing. Note that objects drawn by RTL are not

rotated. When both this setting and the RO command specify

rotation, rotation is performed using the combined amount of both

values. Note that rotation by the RO command is for objects only (the

arrow section in the following illustration), and rotation is not

performed for the drawn area (the square section in the following

illustration). As a result, objects in a section that protrude from the

drawn area are not printed.

90˚

180˚

270˚

Origin Setup Left Edge

Set the data coordinate origin.

Center

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

147

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Mirror Image On Select whether to flip horizontally (mirror) using the center of the

output size width as the basis line and then print (On) or print without

flipping horizontally (Off).

If an angle is specified for rotate, the rotated result is flipped

horizontally.

Off

Line Merge On Select whether to merge the intersection of the overlapping lines

within the image according to the MC command of the data (On), or

move lines to be printed later to the front at intersections (Off).

Off

Color Mode (HP-GL/

EPSON Standard (sRGB) Optimize the sRGB space and correct the color.

Business Graphics Perform color correction to sharpen your images based on the sRGB

space.

GIS Perform color correction suitable for when printing GIS (Geographic

Information System) topographical maps or similar.

Line Drawing

Perform color correction suitable for CAD drawings and other line

drawings.

Off (No Color

Management)

Do not perform color correction.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

148

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Select Palette Software

From the following selections, choose the palette that specifies the

color and thickness of the logical pen.

❏Software: Print according to the pen configuration set in the

application, and ignore the built-in palette of the printer.

❏Default: Print according to the settings of the built-in palette of

the printer specified in advance. The settings of the palette

cannot be changed. The built-in palette specifies a logical pen

with a pen width of 0.35 mm and 256 colors.

❏Palette A / Palette B: Print according to the settings of the built-in

palette that you specified for Define Palette. If Define Palette

setting is not set, the results are the same as when Default is

selected.

When Default / Palette A / Palette B are set, the pen configuration set

in the application is ignored.

Selected palette settings can be printed with Print Color Palette and

confirmed.

Default

Palette A

Palette B

Print Color Palette Print Settings of the palette selected in Select Palette are printed as A3

size. You can check the colors corresponding to the color number for

the pen colors.

Define Palette

Palette A

Pen 0 to Pen 15

Pen Width 0.13 to 12.00 mm In Select Palette, selecting Palette A will print in accordance with the

settings defined here.

You can define a unique built-in palette by specifying the pen width

and color for the 16 types of logical pen. Select the pen number, and

then define the pen width and pen color for each pen.

You can use Print Color Palette to print and check the colors

corresponding to the color number for the pen colors.

Pen Color 0 to 255

Palette B

Pen 0 to Pen 15

Pen Width 0.13 to 12.00 mm In Select Palette, selecting Palette B will print in accordance with the

settings defined here.

Settings details are the same as for Palette A.

Pen Color 0 to 255

Restore default

HP-GL/2 Unique Set-

tings

No Select Yes to restore all HP-GL/2 Unique Settings settings to the

default settings.

Yes

Memory Device Inter-

face

(SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T3100M Series only)

Enable

Select whether to permit (Enable) or not permit (Disable) connecting

a USB flash memory to the printer and then directly printing the data

in the memory.

Disable

Thick Paper Off

If the paper is thick, the print head may scuff the print surface. Choose

On to prevent scuffing. If On is set, the platen gap, which is the

distance between the print head and the paper, will widen. However,

if the platen gap is already at its maximum, then setting this to On will

have no effect.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

149

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Bidirectional On

Setting this to On will cause the print head to print while moving both

left and right. Setting this to Off reduces ruled line misalignment, but

printing takes more time.

Off

PC Connection via USB Enable

Setting this to Enable allows access from a USB-connected

computer. Setting this to Disable does not allow access.

Disable

USB I/F Timeout Setting 0 sec, or 5 to 300 sec (60

)If printing stops mid-way when the printer and computer are

connected by a USB cable, set a longer time.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

150

General Settings - Network Settings

*Default setting

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Wi-Fi Setup

Router (Connect via Wi-Fi) Disconnected or disabled

This is displayed in gray. Touch this, and on the next screen touching

Start Setup will display a Wi-Fi Setup Wizard menu, performing a

connection operation.

Connected

Touch to display the connection status and settings information.

Touch Change Settings to display Wi-Fi Setup Wizard and other

menus that allow you to switch the access point.

U “Switching to Wireless LAN” on page 96

Wi-Fi Setup Wizard The list of SSIDs for the detected access points is displayed. From the

list, select the SSID to connect to, and connect.

Push Button Setup(WPS) If the access point to use supports WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup), then

this menu item can be used for connection. Input of SSID and

password is not required. After selecting this menu item, touch and

hold the push button on the access point until it flashes, then again

touch Start Setup on the printer screen to connect.

Others

PIN Code Setup(WPS) If the access point to use supports WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup), then

this menu item can be used for connection. Touch this to display the

PIN code and Start Setup. Input the displayed PIN code from a

computer into the access point within 2 minutes, then touch Start

Setup to connect.

Wi-Fi Auto Connect The menu used after installing software from the Software Disc, and

connecting to the printer by following the wizard.

Disable Wi-Fi Selecting this means that the wireless LAN connection will be

initialized and disconnected. In the event of problems with the

wireless LAN connection, use this menu to reconnect and attempt to

resolve the problem.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

151

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Wi-Fi Direct Disconnected or disabled

This is displayed in gray. Touch this, and then touch Start Setup on the

next screen to display Start Setup. Touch Start Setup to enable Wi-Fi

Direct and display the printer's SSID and password.

Connected

Touch to display the printer SSID and password, as well as the number

of connected devices. Touch Change Settings to display Change

Password and other menus.

U “Directly Connecting Wirelessly (Wi-Fi Direct)” on page 97

Change Network Name (SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T3100M Series only)

Change the name of the Wi-Fi Direct connection (SSID) that is used to

connect to the printer to any value. Changing the connection name

(SSID) will disconnect all connected devices. If you change the

connection name, you need to re-connect with the new connection

name (SSID) from the device you want to connect to.

Change Password You can change the Wi-Fi Direct password. Changing the password

will disconnect all connected computers and smart devices.

Disable Wi-Fi Direct Performing this operation will disconnect all connected computers

and smart devices. To disconnect only a specific device, disconnect

the connection from the device.

Delete Registered Device (SC-T5100 Series/

SC-T5100N Series/SC-T3100 Series/SC-T3100N

Series/SC-T2100 Series only)

Smart device menu item.

When using the Wi-Fi Direct function on a smart device to connect to

the printer, a message is displayed on the printer prompting you to

accept or refuse the connection. If refuse is selected, then subsequent

connection with this device will not be possible. To connect with

devices for which connection has been refused, open this menu, and

delete registered device information.

Restore Default Settings (SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T3100M Series only)

Restores all Wi-Fi Direct settings to the manufacturer's settings.

This also removes connection information stored by the printer that

was registered using the Wi-Fi Direct feature of the smart device.

Wired LAN Setup Touch to change a wireless LAN connection to a wired LAN

connection. Touch Start Setup to disable the wireless LAN

connection.

U “Switching to Wired LAN” on page 96

Network Status

Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status Display current communications status and connection settings such

as IP address, etc.

Wi-Fi Direct Status Display number of connected devices and connection settings such as

SSID.

Email Server Status (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series only)

The current method of authentication and authenticated accounts

are displayed. The settings also can be changed.

Print Status Sheet Print current network connection detailed information.

Connection Check Confirm the network status of the printer, and print a network

connection check report. In the event of problems, respond in

accordance with the diagnostics results.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

152

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Advanced

Device Name Set the name of the printer to use on the network.

TCP/IP Auto

Automatically assign the printer IP address using DHCP functionality

in the router.

Manual Select this to manually assign a fixed IP address, then input the IP

address, subnet mask, and other required information.

For details, see the Administrator's Guide.

Proxy Server Use When using a proxy server to directly connect from the intranet to the

Internet so that the printer may directly access the Internet for

firmware updates or similar, select Use, and set the server name and

port number.

Do Not Use

Email Server (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series

only)

The details are the same as displayed in General Settings - Scan

Settings - Email Server.

Shared Folder (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series

only)

Used when you want to print from a folder. You must set up a shared

folder before printing from a folder.

U “Printing Files from a Shared Folder (Print from Folder)” on

page 100

IPv6 Address Enable

Select whether to enable or disable the IPv6 function.

Disable

Link Speed & Duplex Auto

Normally, set this to Auto.

10BASE-T Half Duplex

10BASE-T Full Duplex

100BASE-TX Half Duplex

100BASE-TX Full Duplex

Redirect HTTP to

HTTPS

Enable

Select whether to enable or disable the function to auto-redirect HTTP

to HTTPS.

Disable

Disable IPsec/IP Fil-

tering

Enable To enable IPsec/IP filtering functionality, use Web Config.

For details, see the Administrator's Guide.

Disable

Disable IEEE802.1X Enable To enable IEEE802.1X functionality, use Web Config.

For details, see the Administrator's Guide.

Disable

iBeacon Transmis-

sion (SC-T5100M Ser-

ies/SC-T3100M Ser-

ies only)

Enable

Set whether to enable or disable iBeacon Transmission. Set to enable

to be able to search from iBeacon-compatible devices.

Disable

General Settings - Scan Settings (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

*Default setting

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

153

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Confirm Recipient On Set to On to be able to check the recipients before scanning the

original.

Off

Email Server

Server Settings Off Select this when not setting an email server.

POP before SMTP Authenticates on the POP3 server (receiving mail server) before

sending the email. When you select this item, set the POP3 server.

SMTP-AUTH Authenticates on the SMTP server (outgoing mail server) when

sending the email. The mail server needs to support SMTP

authentication.

Connection Check Able to check the connection with the email server.

Scan Options

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

154

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Confirm Before Eject-

ing Scanned Docu-

ment

Set to On to keep the original at the paper eject slot after it is scanned

and display the removal confirmation screen. If you want to eject the

original right after scanning it, set this to Off.

Off

Correct Skewed Im-

age

Automatically corrects a scanned image that is skewed, and then

saves it. The range of correction is from the origin to a width of 914.4

mm.

Enable this only if the Original Size or Scan Size has been set to Auto

Detect.

Off

Document Feed Ad-

justment

-1.00 to 1.00(0

)If the length of the original and the print results of the copied or

scanned files do not match, adjust the document feeding. If you want

to shorten the length of the print out, press the minus button. If you

want to lengthen it, press the plus button. Differences in length may

occur due to the type of paper used for printing.

U “Document Feed Adjustment” on page 204

Image Stitching

Smoother

On When scanning the same color, if you notice a difference in color on

the left and right as shown in the following illustration, you may be

able to reduce the difference by setting this to On.

Off

When this is set to On, the lines between joints in the scans may be

blurred or fuzzy as shown in the following illustration.

If you are concerned about this issue, try setting this to Off or perform

Image Stitching Adjustment.

U “Image Stitching Adjustment” on page 204

Off

Image Stitching Ad-

justment

-5 to 5(0

)Correct the position for image stitching if the scanned results are

misaligned.

U “Image Stitching Adjustment” on page 204

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

155

General Settings - System Administration

*Default setting

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Contacts Manager (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

Network Folder/FTP.

Frequent

Email Register frequently used addresses for each item to be able to access

them easily. You can also change the order of the addresses.

Network Folder/FTP

Print Contacts

List of all Contacts Print the email addresses of your contacts.

List of Email Contacts

List of Folder/FTP Contacts

View Options Tile View

Change how to view your contacts.

List View

Search Options Begins with

Change how to search for contacts.

Ends with

Includes

Security Settings

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

156

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Restrictions (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only)

Job log access Off Administrators can be permitted individually to view and change

settings.

Access to Register/

Delete Contacts

Off

Access to Recent of

Scan to Email

Off

Access to Show

Sent History of

Scan to Email

Off

Access to

Language

Off

Access to Thick

Paper

Off

Protection of

Personal Data

Off

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

157

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Access Control

(SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T3100M Series on-

ly)

Off

With Access Control, you can control the functions that users can use

by linking the functions to the accounts registered to the users on the

printer. If administrators want to restrict users, set this to On. User

accounts must be created ahead of time.

Do the settings for creating user accounts in Web Config. See the

Administrator's Guide for more details.

Admin Settings

Admin Password Register When using the Lock Setting function, touch Register and set the

administrator password. If changing a password that has already

been set, touch Change and set the new password.

Set the password and set Lock Setting to On to ask for input of a

password when displaying specific settings menus such as network

configuration.

These menus will only be displayed if the correct password is entered,

preventing non-administrators from accidentally changing settings.

Keep the password in a safe place.

Should you forget the password, contact your dealer or Epson

Support.

Change

Clear All Settings

Lock Setting Off

When this is set to On, you need to enter the administrator password

when certain menu items are selected, and you cannot change the

setting or run the function unless you enter the password. Lock

Setting is normally enabled for the following items. Set the Admin

Password before you select On.

❏Sleep Timer

❏Power Off Timer

❏Circuit Breaker Interlock Startup

❏Date/Time Settings

❏Operation Time Out

❏Printing Language

❏Universal Print Settings

❏PC Connection via USB

❏USB I/F Timeout Setting

❏Network Settings

❏Powerful Cleaning

❏Discharging/Charging Ink

Restore Default Settings

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

158

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Network Settings Yes Touch Yes to restore all Wi-Fi/network settings to the manufacturer's

settings.

Copy Settings

(SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T3100M Series on-

ly)

Yes Touch Yes to restore Copy Settings to the default settings.

Scan Settings

(SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T3100M Series on-

ly)

Yes Touch Yes to restore all Scan Settings to the default settings.

Clear All Data and

Settings

Yes Touch Yes to restore all settings with the exception of Date/Time

Settings, Length Unit, and Language in the Settings menu to the

default settings.

Firmware Update

Update Using this function requires that the printer be connected to a

network that can be connected to the Internet. Touch Start

Checking to access the Epson website, and to start a search for new

firmware. If there is a display indicating that there is new firmware,

then follow the on-screen instructions to update the firmware.

Updating firmware takes approximately 5 minutes. However, this

may take longer depending on the network environment.

During update, do not turn off the printer or unplug the power cable

from the outlet. Failure to observe this precaution could lead to

damage.

Notification Off

Set On to automatically check periodically for new firmware. If new

firmware is found, a message will be displayed when the power is

turned on.

Maintenance

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Print Quality

Adjustment

Paper Source Perform the same adjustment as in Media Adjust in the Paper Setting

menu. When carrying out this action from this menu, select the paper

source from the first screen.

U “Optimizing Paper Settings (Media Adjust)” on page 46

Start

Print Head Nozzle

Check

Paper Source Check for clogged nozzles by printing a check pattern.

U “Checking the print head for clogging and then cleaning” on

page 180

Start

Head Cleaning Start Perform if the printed check pattern has faint or missing areas.

U “Checking the print head for clogging and then cleaning” on

page 180

Paper Guide Cleaning Start Run this when the printing side of the paper is soiled when printing

from the auto sheet feeder.

U “Smearing occurs when printing from the auto sheet feeder” on

page 195

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

159

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Ink Cartridge(s)

Replacement

Start Touch Start to move the print head to the position at which the ink

cartridge can be replaced. The replacement procedure is shown on

the screen, so replace the ink cartridges while referring to this.

U “Replacing Ink Cartridges” on page 181

Replace Maintenance

Box

Display procedure Select when replacing the Maintenance Box while confirming the

procedure. If you are familiar with replacement and do not need to

confirm the procedure, you can replace the Maintenance Box without

selecting this menu item.

U “Replacing Maintenance Box” on page 183

Replace Cutter Start Select to replace the cutter if the paper is not cut cleanly. Follow the

on-screen instructions to replace.

U “Replacing the Cutter” on page 184

Powerful Cleaning Start Run this when the faint or missing areas in the check pattern do not

improve even after performing Head Cleaning three times in a row.

U “Powerful Cleaning” on page 180

Discharging/Charging

Ink

Start The print head may fail if the environmental temperature becomes

-10˚C or lower. Perform this action if you expect to be transporting/

storing the printer in an environment of -10˚C or less.

Touch Start, and follow the on-screen instructions to discharge the

ink.

When operations are complete, the power turns off automatically.

U “Handling if Transporting/Leaving the Printer in an Environment

of -10˚C or Less” on page 218

Printer Status/Print

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Print Status Sheet

Configuration Status Sheet Print a list of current printer settings. Use this to view all information at

a glance.

Network Display current network settings details. Displayed details are the

same as displayed in General Settings - Network Settings -

Network Status.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

160

Enlarged Copy menu (except for the SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T3100M Series)

Displayed when an Epson A3 or A4 scanner is connected to the printer. Set scaling in this menu to enable enlarged

printing of the scanned documents.

U “Making Enlarged Copies with an A3 or A4 Scanner (Except for the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series)” on

page 111

*Default setting

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Copies 1 to 99 Specify the number of copies.

Color Mode Black/White Choose whether to do enlarged copying in color or in black and white.

Color

Original Size A4

Letter

13 x 18 cm (5 x 7 in)

Select the document size loaded on the scanner. The sizes available

vary with the scanner. Sizes other than those shown here cannot be

used.

Reduce/Enlarge

Auto Fit Page On

Set to On to enlarge the copy so that the short edge of the original fits

the width of the roll paper currently loaded in the printer.

If the short edge of the document is wider than the roll paper, this will

be printed at actual size.

If the printer is unable to detect the width of the roll paper, then an

error will occur when copying is started.

Off

Custom Size Actual Size

US E (34x44in)

JIS B1

US D (22x34in)

JIS B2

US C (17x22in)

User-Defined

Select the output size. To the left of each size, the percentage of

enlargement of the selected document size is displayed.

A0, US E, and B1 are only displayed for the SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T5100 Series/SC-T5100N Series.

If the desired size is not in the list, set the desired size in

User-Defined.

Density -4 to 4(0

)Choose copy density.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

161

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Quality Speed Choose Copy Quality in view of image quality and print speed.

Fine

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

162

Memory Device menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series only)

Displayed when a USB flash memory is connected to the printer. This section explains the Basic Settings and

Advanced menus displayed after selecting the print menu for each file.

U “Printing Files on USB Flash Memory Directly” on page 101

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Basic Settings

Copies 1 to 99 Specify the number of copies.

Paper Source Roll Paper

Select the paper source. If the paper is not loaded as in the set paper

source, then an error will occur during printing.

Auto Sheet Feeder

Cut Sheet (1 sheet)

Color Mode Black/White Select whether to print in color or black and white.

Color

Advanced

Quality Standard Select the print quality.

Speed

Fine

Super Fine

Page Margins option Clip By Margins

Add margins (areas of in the following illustration) inside the

output size (areas of in the following illustration) set in the

Reduce/Enlarge settings. When there is a print object in the margin

section, it is clipped and not printed.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

163

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Oversize Add margins (areas of in the following illustration) outside the

output size (areas of in the following illustration) set in the

Reduce/Enlarge settings. With the actual output size, the margin

sections become larger than the set output size (areas of in the

following illustration).

Bidirectional On

Setting this to On will cause the print head to print while moving both

left and right. Setting this to Off reduces ruled line misalignment, but

printing takes more time.

Off

Color Mode Poster(Photo)/Perspective Print posters and perspective drawings that use photos with their

natural colors.

Poster/Document

Print posters that combine letters and illustrations with vivid colors.

GIS Print maps clearly.

CAD/Line Drawing Print letters and fine lines clearly.

Off (No Color

Management)

Do not perform color correction.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

164

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Reduce/Enlarge

Auto Fit Page On Set to On to print so that the short edge of the original fits the width of

the paper loaded in the printer.

If the short edge of the document is wider than the paper, printing will

be at actual size.

If paper is not loaded as set in Paper Source of Basic Settings, this

cannot be set to On. Furthermore, if the Paper Source setting is

changed without replacing or loading the paper after setting this to

On, this setting is returned to Actual Size.

If the printer is unable to detect the width of the paper, an error will

occur when the Print button is touched.

Off

Custom Size Actual Size

A4, A3, Super A3,

A2, Super A2,

A1, Super A1,

A0, Super A0,

Letter, Legal,

US B (11x17in),

US C (17x22in),

US D (22x34in),

US E (34x44in),

ARCH A (9x12in),

ARCH B (12x18in),

ARCH C (18x24in),

ARCH D (24x36in),

ARCH E1 (30x42in),

ARCH E (36x48in),

ISO B4, ISO B3, ISO B2,

ISO B1, JIS B4, JIS B3,

JIS B2, JIS B1,

610 x 762 mm,

762 x 1016 mm,

914 x 1118 mm,

30 x 40 cm,

40 x 60 cm,

50 x 70 cm,

60 x 90 cm,

70 x 100 cm,

User-Defined

Select the output size. To the left of each size, the percentage of

enlargement of the selected document size is displayed. If the desired

size is not in the list, set the desired size in User-Defined.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

165

Copy Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series Only)

*Default setting

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Basic Settings

Copies 1 to 99 Specify the number of copies.

Color Mode Black/White Select whether to copy in color or black and white.

Color

Quality Speed

Select the print quality.

Fine

Super Fine

Density -4 to 4(0

)Choose the density for the copy results. Negative values (-) are

lighter and positive values (+) are darker.

Paper Source Roll Paper

Select the paper source for copying and printing.

Auto Sheet Feeder

Cut Sheet (1 sheet)

Reduce/Enlarge

Auto Fit Page On Set to On to enlarge the copy so that the short edge of the original

fits the width of the roll paper currently loaded in the printer.

If the short edge of the document is wider than the roll paper, this

will be printed at actual size.

If the printer is unable to detect the width of the roll paper, then an

error will occur when copying is started.

Off

Custom Size Actual Size, ISO A4->A0,

ISO A3->A0, ISO A4->A1,

ISO A2->A0, ISO A3->A1,

ISO A1->A0, ISO A2->A1,

ISO A0->A1, ISO A1->A2,

ISO A0->A2, ISO A1->A3,

ISO A0->A3, ISO A1->A4,

ISO A0->A4, US ANSI/ARCH

A->E, US ANSI/ARCH B->E,

US ANSI/ARCH A->D, US

ANSI/ARCH C->E, US ANSI/

ARCH B->D, US ANSI/ARCH

D->E, US ANSI/ARCH C->D,

US ANSI/ARCH E->D, US

ANSI/ARCH D->C, US ANSI/

ARCH E->C, US ANSI/ARCH

D->B, US ANSI/ARCH E->B,

US ANSI/ARCH D->A, US

ANSI/ARCH E->A

Select the output size.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

166

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Original Type Text/Line Drawing

Suitable for copying and scanning drawings printed on standard

plain paper. This is also suitable for posters and so on that contain

images.

Tracing Paper Suitable for copying and scanning drawings printed on tracing

paper.

This reduces the background color for tracing paper.

Blueprint Suitable for copying and scanning blueprints.

This reduces the background color for blueprints.

Advanced

Original Size

Auto Detect

The default setting of Auto Detect is recommended in most

situations. Note that, depending on the original, it may not be

possible to detect the width correctly even when the setting is

Auto Detect. Similarly, tracing paper and the optional carrier sheet

are not detected automatically. In such cases, change from the

standard size and specify a width of your choosing. If the desired

size is not in the options, then select User-Defined, and enter the

length and width of the original.

ISO A Display supported sizes for

originals

US-ANSI

US-ARCH

JIS B

ISO B

User-Defined Display the Original Size

Input screen

Top Offset 0.0 to 100.0mm (0.0

)

0.00 to 3.94inch (0.00

)

If you do not want to copy the top margin of the original, you can

adjust the top, and then copy the original. Enter the value for the

length from the top of where you want to start copying.

If the carrier sheet is loaded, set the value to 19 mm.

Page Margins option Clip By Margins

Add margins (areas of in the following illustration) inside the

output size (areas of in the following illustration) set in the

Reduce/Enlarge settings. When there is a print object in the margin

section, it is clipped and not printed.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

167

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Oversize Add margins (areas of in the following illustration) outside the

output size (areas of in the following illustration) set in the

Reduce/Enlarge settings. With the actual output size, the margin

sections become larger than the set output size (areas of in the

following illustration).

Image Quality

Contrast -4 to 4(0

)Set the contrast. Negative values (-) are weaker and positive values

(+) are stronger.

Sharpness -4 to 4(0

)Set the sharpness. Negative values (-) are weaker and positive

values (+) are stronger.

Remove Background

Auto On

When this is set to On, it removes the background from paper with

a low whiteness level such as recycled paper.

If you want to remove the background when scanning color or thin

paper documents, select Off, and then set the adjustment value

from -4 to 4. Negative values (-) are weaker and positive values (+)

are stronger.

Off

-4 to 4 -

Bidirectional On

Setting this to On will cause the print head to print while moving

both left and right. Setting this to Off reduces ruled line

misalignment, but printing takes more time.

Off

Clear All Settings Yes Touch Yes to restore all Basic Settings and Advanced to the default

settings.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

168

Scan Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series Only)

*Default setting

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Network Folder/FTP

Destination Display the Location

Selection screen

Specify the location for the scanned image.

Specify the location from the recipients registered for frequent use or

the recipients registered in your Contacts. If a recipient is not

registered in your Contacts, touch Keyboard, and then edit the

location.

Scan Settings

Color Mode Black/White Select whether to scan in color or black and white.

Color

File Format

File Format JPEG Select the file format in which to save the scanned image.

PDF

PDF/A

TIFF (Multi Page)

Compression Ra-

tio

High Compression Select the compression ratio for when you save the scanned image.

Standard Compression

Low Compression

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

169

Settings item Settings value Explanation

PDF Settings

Document Open Password Setting the file format to PDF allows you to set the security for the

PDF.

Set Document Open Password when you create a PDF that requires a

password to be opened. To create a PDF file for which a password is

needed to print or edit, set the Permissions Password.

Password

Setting

Off

Password Enter password

Permissions Password

Password

Setting

Off

Password Enter password

Printing Allowed

Not Allowed

Editing Allowed

Not Allowed

Resolution 200 dpi Select the resolution for scanning.

300dpi

400 dpi

600 dpi

Scan Size

Auto Detect - The default setting of Auto Detect is recommended in most

situations. Note that, depending on the original, it may not be

possible to detect the width correctly even when the setting is Auto

Detect. Similarly, tracing paper and the optional carrier sheet are not

detected automatically. In such cases, change from the standard size

and specify a width of your choosing. If the desired size is not in the

options, then select User-Defined, and enter the length and width of

the original.

ISO A Display supported scan

sizes

US-ANSI

US-ARCH

JIS B

ISO B

User-Defined Display the Scan Size Input

screen

Top Offset 0.0 to 100.0mm (0.0

)

0.00 to 3.94inch (0.00

)

If you do not want to scan the top margin of the original, you can

adjust the top, and then scan. Enter the value for the length from the

top of where you want to start scanning.

If the carrier sheet is loaded, set the value to 19 mm.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

170

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Original Type Text/Line Drawing

Suitable for copying and scanning drawings printed on standard

plain paper. This is also suitable for posters and so on that contain

images.

Tracing Paper Suitable for copying and scanning drawings printed on tracing paper.

This reduces the background color for tracing paper.

Blueprint Suitable for copying and scanning blueprints.

This reduces the background color for blueprints.

Density -4 to 4(0

)Select the density for scanning. Negative values (-) are lighter and

positive values (+) are darker.

Image Quality

Contrast -4 to 4(0

)Set the contrast. Negative values (-) are weaker and positive values (+)

are stronger.

Sharpness -4 to 4(0

)Set the sharpness. Negative values (-) are weaker and positive values

(+) are stronger.

Remove Background

Auto On

When this is set to On, it removes the background from paper with a

low whiteness level such as recycled paper or newspapers.

If you want to remove the background when scanning color or thin

paper documents, select Off, and then set the adjustment value from

-4 to 4. Negative values (-) are weaker and positive values (+) are

stronger.

Off

-4 to 4 -

File Name

Filename Prefix Enter the filename prefix Use single-byte alphanumeric characters or symbols to enter the

prefix for the file name of the image.

Add Date On

Add the date to the file name.

Off

Add Time On

Add the time to the file name.

Off

Clear All Settings Yes Touch Yes to restore all Scan Settings to the default settings.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

171

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Destination Display the Location

Selection screen

Specify the recipient of the scanned image.

Specify a recipient from the recipients registered for frequent use or

the recipients registered in your Contacts. If a recipient is not

registered in your Contacts, touch Keyboard, and then enter the

recipient.

Scan Settings

Color Mode Black/White Select whether to scan in color or black and white.

Color

File Format

File Format JPEG Select the file format in which to save the scanned image.

PDF

PDF/A

TIFF (Multi Page)

Compression Ra-

tio

High Compression Select the compression ratio for when you save the scanned image.

Standard Compression

Low Compression

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

172

Settings item Settings value Explanation

PDF Settings

Document Open Password Setting the file format to PDF allows you to set the security for the

PDF.

Set Document Open Password when you create a PDF that requires a

password to be opened. To create a PDF file for which a password is

needed to print or edit, set the Permissions Password.

Password

Setting

Off

Password Enter password

Permissions Password

Password

Setting

Off

Password Enter password

Printing Allowed

Not Allowed

Editing Allowed

Not Allowed

Resolution 200 dpi Select the resolution for scanning.

300dpi

400 dpi

600 dpi

Scan Size

Auto Detect - The default setting of Auto Detect is recommended in most

situations. Note that, depending on the original, it may not be

possible to detect the width correctly even when the setting is Auto

Detect. Similarly, tracing paper and the optional carrier sheet are not

detected automatically. In such cases, change from the standard size

and specify a width of your choosing. If the desired size is not in the

options, then select User-Defined, and enter the length and width of

the original.

ISO A Display supported scan

sizes

US-ANSI

US-ARCH

JIS B

ISO B

User-Defined Display the Scan Size Input

screen

Top Offset 0.0 to 100.0mm (0.0

)

0.00 to 3.94inch (0.00

)

If you do not want to scan the top margin of the original, you can

adjust the top, and then scan. Enter the value for the length from the

top of where you want to start scanning.

If the carrier sheet is loaded, set the value to 19 mm.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

173

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Original Type Text/Line Drawing

Suitable for copying and scanning drawings printed on standard

plain paper. This is also suitable for posters and so on that contain

images.

Tracing Paper Suitable for copying and scanning drawings printed on tracing paper.

This reduces the background color for tracing paper.

Blueprint Suitable for copying and scanning blueprints.

This reduces the background color for blueprints.

Density -4 to 4(0

)Select the density for scanning. Negative values (-) are lighter and

positive values (+) are darker.

Image Quality

Contrast -4 to 4(0

)Set the contrast. Negative values (-) are weaker and positive values (+)

are stronger.

Sharpness -4 to 4(0

)Set the sharpness. Negative values (-) are weaker and positive values

(+) are stronger.

Remove Background

Auto On

When this is set to On, it removes the background from paper with a

low whiteness level such as recycled paper or newspapers.

If you want to remove the background when scanning color or thin

paper documents, select Off, and then set the adjustment value from

-4 to 4. Negative values (-) are weaker and positive values (+) are

stronger.

Off

-4 to 4 -

Subject Enter subject Use single-byte alphanumeric characters or symbols to enter the

subject of the email.

Attached File Max

Size

1MB Select a maximum size for files that are attached to emails.

2MB

5MB

10MB

20MB

30MB

File Name

Filename Prefix Enter the filename prefix Use single-byte alphanumeric characters or symbols to enter the

prefix for the file name of the image.

Add Date On

Add the date to the file name.

Off

Add Time On

Add the time to the file name.

Off

Clear All Settings Yes Touch Yes to restore all Scan Settings to the default settings.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

174

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Memory Device

Basic Settings

Color Mode Black/White Select whether to scan in color or black and white.

Color

File Format

File Format JPEG Select the file format in which to save the scanned image.

PDF

PDF/A

TIFF (Multi Page)

Compression Ra-

tio

High Compression Select the compression ratio for when you save the scanned image.

Standard Compression

Low Compression

PDF Settings

Document Open Password Setting the file format to PDF allows you to set the security for the

PDF.

Set Document Open Password when you create a PDF that requires a

password to be opened. To create a PDF file for which a password is

needed to print or edit, set the Permissions Password.

Password

Setting

Off

Password Enter password

Permissions Password

Password

Setting

Off

Password Enter password

Printing Allowed

Not Allowed

Editing Allowed

Not Allowed

Resolution 200 dpi Select the resolution for scanning.

300dpi

400 dpi

600 dpi

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

175

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Scan Size

Auto Detect - The default setting of Auto Detect is recommended in most

situations. Note that, depending on the original, it may not be

possible to detect the width correctly even when the setting is Auto

Detect. Similarly, tracing paper and the optional carrier sheet are not

detected automatically. In such cases, change from the standard size

and specify a width of your choosing. If the desired size is not in the

options, then select User-Defined, and enter the length and width of

the original.

ISO A Display supported scan

sizes

US-ANSI

US-ARCH

JIS B

ISO B

User-Defined Display the Scan Size Input

screen

Top Offset 0.0 to 100.0mm (0.0

)

0.00 to 3.94inch (0.00

)

If you do not want to scan the top margin of the original, you can

adjust the top, and then scan. Enter the value for the length from the

top of where you want to start scanning.

If the carrier sheet is loaded, set the value to 19 mm.

Original Type Text/Line Drawing

Suitable for copying and scanning drawings printed on standard

plain paper. This is also suitable for posters and so on that contain

images.

Tracing Paper Suitable for copying and scanning drawings printed on tracing paper.

This reduces the background color for tracing paper.

Blueprint Suitable for copying and scanning blueprints.

This reduces the background color for blueprints.

Advanced

Density -4 to 4(0

)Select the density for scanning. Negative values (-) are lighter and

positive values (+) are darker.

Image Quality

Contrast -4 to 4(0

)Set the contrast. Negative values (-) are weaker and positive values (+)

are stronger.

Sharpness -4 to 4(0

)Set the sharpness. Negative values (-) are weaker and positive values

(+) are stronger.

Remove Background

Auto On

When this is set to On, it removes the background from paper with a

low whiteness level such as recycled paper or newspapers.

If you want to remove the background when scanning color or thin

paper documents, select Off, and then set the adjustment value from

-4 to 4. Negative values (-) are weaker and positive values (+) are

stronger.

Off

-4 to 4 -

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

176

Settings item Settings value Explanation

File Name

Filename Prefix Enter the filename prefix Use single-byte alphanumeric characters or symbols to enter the

prefix for the file name of the image.

Add Date On

Add the date to the file name.

Off

Add Time On

Add the time to the file name.

Off

Clear All Settings Yes Touch Yes to restore all Basic Settings and Advanced to the default

settings.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

177

Network Folder Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series Only)

*Default setting

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Basic Settings

Paper Source Roll Paper

Select the paper source. If the paper is not loaded as in the set paper

source, then an error will occur during printing.

Auto Sheet Feeder

Cut Sheet (1 sheet)

Color Mode Black/White Select whether to print in color or black and white.

Color

Advanced

Quality Speed

Select the print quality.

Fine

Super Fine

Page Margins option Clip By Margins

Add margins (areas of in the following illustration) inside the

output size (areas of in the following illustration) set in the

Reduce/Enlarge settings. When there is a print object in the margin

section, it is clipped and not printed.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

178

Settings item Settings value Explanation

Oversize Add margins (areas of in the following illustration) outside the

output size (areas of in the following illustration) set in the

Reduce/Enlarge settings. With the actual output size, the margin

sections become larger than the set output size (areas of in the

following illustration).

Bidirectional On

Setting this to On will cause the print head to print while moving both

left and right. Setting this to Off reduces ruled line misalignment, but

printing takes more time.

Off

Color Mode (Com-

mon)

EPSON Standard (sRGB) Optimize the sRGB space and correct the color.

Business Graphics

Perform color correction to sharpen your images based on the sRGB

space.

GIS Perform color correction suitable for when printing GIS (Geographic

Information System) topographical maps or similar.

Line Drawing Perform color correction suitable for CAD drawings and other line

drawings.

Off (No Color

Management)

Do not perform color correction.

Reduce/Enlarge

Auto Fit Page On Set to On to print so that the short edge of the original fits the width of

the paper loaded in the printer.

If the short edge of the document is wider than the paper, printing will

be at actual size.

If the paper is not loaded as set in Paper Source of Basic Settings, this

cannot be set to On. Furthermore, if the settings for the Paper Source

are changed without replacing or loading the paper after setting this

to On, the settings return to the actual size in the default settings. If

the printer is unable to detect the width of the paper, an error will

occur when the Print button is touched.

Off

Custom Size 25%-1024% Select the output size. If the Actual Size is not selected, set the desired

size in User-Defined.

Standard Size Actual Size

, User-Defined

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Using the Menu

179

Maintenance

Clearing a Clogged Print

Head

The print head nozzles may be clogged if the printouts

have streaks, uneven colors, blurred text, or if the image

is printed in an unexpected color. Check the nozzles and

clean the print head if it is clogged. If clogging cannot be

cleared after performing normal cleaning three times in

a row, perform a powerful head cleaning.

Note the following points before cleaning.

❏Cleaning the print head consumes ink.

This is only necessary when there is a problem with

the print results and a nozzle check has confirmed

clogging.

Powerful head cleaning consumes more ink than

normal print head cleaning.

❏If the ink levels are low, prepare new ink bottles in

advance.

❏If the amount of free space in the maintenance box

is low, prepare a new maintenance box in advance.

Checking the print head for

clogging and then cleaning

From the Home screen, touch Settings -

Maintenance - Print Head Nozzle Check.

Touch Start to start printing a check pattern.

When changing the paper source displayed on

the start screen, touch Paper Source.

Refer to the following, and check the printed

check pattern for clogging.

Example of clean nozzles

If none of the pattern is missing, the print head

nozzles are not clogged. Touch to end the

nozzle clogging check.

Example of clogged nozzles

If the pattern has missing areas, touch to

display the Head Cleaning screen. Proceed to the

next step.

Touch Start to start cleaning.

When cleaning is complete, Print the pattern? is

displayed. Touch Yes to return to step 2. Repeat

steps 2 to 4, and check if the problem has been

resolved.

If the nozzles are still clogged after performing print

head cleaning three times in a row, then perform

Powerful Cleaning.

Powerful Cleaning

Perform powerful head cleaning when normal head

cleaning has been performed three times in a row and

the clogging has not been cleared.

From the Home screen, touch Settings -

Maintenance - Powerful Cleaning.

Touch Start to start cleaning.

When cleaning is complete, Print the pattern? is

displayed. Touch Yes and then touch Start on the

next screen to print a check pattern. Check if the

clogged nozzles have been cleared.

If the nozzles are still clogged after performing Powerful

Cleaning, turn off the printer and leave it overnight or

longer. When left for some time, the clogged ink may

dissolve.

If the nozzles are still clogged, contact your dealer or

Epson Support.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Maintenance

180

Replacing Consumables

Handling of Used Consumables

If using the printer in an office or other business, dispose

of used consumables in accordance with laws and

regulations, such as by contracting an industrial waste

disposal company.

If using the printer in a domestic situation, place these in

a plastic bag, then dispose of in accordance with laws

and regulations as well as regional ordinances, and as

directed by local government.

Replacing Ink Cartridges

If any of the ink colors remaining amount falls below the

minimum amount, printing will not be possible.

If an ink cartridge remaining amount falls below the

minimum amount, you can continue printing after

replacing the ink cartridge.

If the remaining ink amount drops yet printing is

continued, then replacement of an ink cartridge during

printing may be required. When replacing ink during a

print job, you may see a difference in color depending

on the drying conditions. When this is not permissible,

we recommend first replacing the ink cartridge with a

new one before printing. The removed ink cartridge can

be installed again and used until the remaining amount

falls below the minimum amount. However, if an ink

cartridge with not much ink remaining is removed and

reinstalled, it may not be usable because some ink is

consumed to ensure the reliability of the printer.

Supported ink cartridges U “Options and

Consumable Products” on page 206

Caution:

When opening and closing the scanner unit, keep

your hands away from the joint between the unit

and the printer.

If your fingers or hands get caught, it could cause an

injury.

Important:

Epson recommends the use of genuine Epson ink

cartridges. Epson cannot guarantee the quality or

reliability of non-genuine ink. The use of

non-genuine ink may cause damage that is not

covered by Epson's warranties, and under certain

circumstances, may cause erratic printer behavior.

Information about non-genuine ink levels may not

be displayed, and use of non-genuine ink is recorded

for possible use in service support.

From the Home screen, touch Settings -

Maintenance - Ink Cartridge(s) Replacement.

Touch Start and open the front cover.

For the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series,

press Start to open the scanner unit.

The print head moves to the position at which the

ink cartridge can be replaced.

Important:

Do not move the print head by hand. Failure to

observe this precaution could damage the

printer.

Hold the new ink cartridge as shown below, and

shake it up and down around 20 times (for 10

seconds).

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Maintenance

181

Remove the new ink cartridge from the package

and then peel off only the yellow tape.

Important:

Do not touch the parts shown in the

illustration. You may not be able to print

properly.

Open the cartridge cover.

Remove the ink cartridge to replace.

Important:

Removed ink cartridges may have ink around

the ink supply port, so be careful not to get any

ink on the surrounding area when removing

the cartridges.

Holding the new cartridge with the label facing

up, and insert it perpendicularly.

Push the area marked "Push" firmly.

Repeat steps 3 to 7 (except step 5) to replace other

ink cartridges.

Important:

Install ink cartridges into all slots. You cannot

print if any of the slots are empty.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Maintenance

182

Close the cartridge cover and front cover.

For the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series,

close the cartridge cover and the scanner unit.

Ink charging starts. When the message

Replacement is complete. is displayed, the

procedure is complete.

Important:

Do not turn off the printer during ink charging.

Doing so cause insufficient ink charge

resulting in printing faint image or nothing.

Replacing Maintenance Box

When the message The Maintenance Box is at the end

of its service life. is displayed, you need to replace the

maintenance box.

When the message The Maintenance Box is nearing

the end of its service life. is displayed, prepare a new

maintenance box. Printing is possible until replacement

is instructed.

Supported maintenance box U “Options and

Consumable Products” on page 206

Important:

Do not replace the Maintenance Box while printing.

Waste ink may leak.

Note:

You can replace the Maintenance Box while viewing the

procedure on the screen. To see the guide, from the Home

screen, touch Settings - Maintenance - Replace

Maintenance Box.

Open the Maintenance Box cover on the back of

the printer.

Pull out the Maintenance Box.

Place the used Maintenance Box in the clear bag

included with the new Maintenance Box, and

make sure that the zipper is closed tight.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Maintenance

183

Important:

Until the fastener is closed securely, do not tilt

the Maintenance Box. Waste ink may leak.

Align the protruding lip of the new Maintenance

Box with the rail at the insertion point, and insert

the box until it cannot go any further.

Important:

Do not touch the IC chip on the Maintenance

Box. Doing so may prevent normal operation

and printing.

Close the Maintenance Box cover.

Replacing the Cutter

Replace the cutter when it is not cutting paper cleanly.

Supported cutter U “Options and Consumable

Products” on page 206

Use a cross-head screwdriver to replace the cutter. Make

sure you have a cross-head screwdriver with you before

you start work.

Caution:

Store the cutter out of the reach of children. The

cutter's blade could cause an injury. Pay careful

attention when replacing the cutter.

Important:

❏Dropping the cutter, or knocking it against hard

objects may chip the blade.

❏The protective material and sheet inserted in

the new cutter is to protect the blade. Do not

remove it until you are instructed to do so.

From the Home screen, touch Settings -

Maintenance - Replace Cutter.

The Replace Cutter screen appears.

Touch Start to open the cutter cover.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Maintenance

184

Loosen the screw holding the cutter in place

using a cross-head screwdriver and pull the

cutter straight out.

Note:

Place the used cutter in a plastic bag, then dispose of

in accordance with regional ordinances, and as

directed by local government.

Install the new cutter.

Insert the cutter so that the pin on the printer

matches up with the hole on the cutter. Use a

cross-head screwdriver to tighten down the

screw to hold the cutter in place.

Important:

Screw the cutter firmly, otherwise the cut

position may be slightly shifted or skewed.

Remove the protective material shown in the

figure.

Important:

Do not pull the protective sheet.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Maintenance

185

Touch OK.

The cutter moves and the protective sheet stuck

to the blade comes off. Remove the protective

sheet.

Close the cutter cover.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Maintenance

186

Problem Solver

What to do When a Message is Displayed

If the printer displays one of the messages shown below, refer to the solution listed and take the necessary steps.

Messages Solutions

Cannot recognize ink cartridges.

Try installing again.

❏Remove and reinsert the ink cartridge. If the message persists, insert a new ink

cartridge (do not reinstall the cartridge that caused the error).

U “Replacing Ink Cartridges” on page 181

❏Condensation may occur in the ink cartridge. Leave it at room temperature for at least

three hours before installing the ink cartridge again.

U “Notes on handling ink cartridges” on page 20

Ink is low. The ink is low. Ready a new ink cartridge. Printing is possible until replacement is

instructed.

U “Options and Consumable Products” on page 206

The maintenance box is not

recognized. Install it correctly.

Reinstall the Maintenance Box. If the message persists after reinstalling it, replace with a

new Maintenance Box (do not reinstall the Maintenance Box that caused the error).

U “Replacing Maintenance Box” on page 183

Cannot start cleaning because the

Maintenance Box is full.

You can continue printing until

replacement is required.

The Maintenance Box does not have enough capacity to store ink discharged in print head

cleaning, and therefore cannot perform cleaning. To perform cleaning, replace the

Maintenance Box with a new one. The removed Maintenance Box may be reinstalled after

cleaning is completed.

U “Replacing Maintenance Box” on page 183

The paper was skewed or the

paper size could not be detected.

Reload the paper.

❏Make sure the original is not at an angle, and then reload it.

❏If the original is not rectangular or the leading edge is not straight, it cannot be

detected automatically.

Change Scan Size from Auto Detect to a standard size and so on.

❏Check the following items if the same error continues to occur.

❏If Original Size or Scan Size is set to Auto Detect, the size of the original may

not be detected correctly. Set Original Size or Scan Size.

❏You may be using an original that cannot be placed. See the following for details

on originals that cannot be placed.

U “Documents That Cannot Be Loaded” on page 103

Command Error

Check the printer driver setting.

Touch Cancel to stop printing. Confirm that the printer driver you are using supports this

printer.

Scanner Error

Refer to manual for details.

❏Release the scanner transportation lock and turn the printer and scanner off and then

on again.

❏Turn the devices on and off several times. The scanner can be used after the message

is no longer displayed.

If this message appears on the LCD panel again, contact your dealer or Epson Support.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

187

Messages Solutions

Recovery Mode The firmware update failed, so the printer has started in recovery mode. Use the

procedure below to update the firmware again.

(1) Connect a computer and the printer using a USB cable.

(Updates during recovery mode cannot use a network connection.)

(2) Download the latest firmware from the Epson website, and start the update. Refer to

the firmware download page for update methods.

When a Maintenance Call/Printer Error Occurs

Error messages Solutions

Maintenance Request

Parts Service Life Ending/End Of Parts

Service Life XXXXXXXX

A part used in the printer is nearing the end of its service life.

Contact your dealer or Epson Support and tell them the maintenance request

code.

You cannot clear a maintenance error until the part is replaced. A service call

occurs if you continue to use the printer.

Printer Error

Printer error. Turn power off and on again.

For details, see your documentation.

XXXXXX

Turn off the printer, disconnect the power cable from the outlet and from the AC

inlet on the printer, and then reconnect. Turn on the printer again multiple times.

If the same printer error is displayed on the LCD panel, contact your dealer or

Epson Support for assistance. Tell them the printer error code is "XXXXXX".

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

188

Troubleshooting

You cannot print (because the

printer does not work)

The printer does not turn on.

Is the power cable plugged into the electrical

outlet or the printer?

Make sure the power cable is securely plugged into

the printer.

Is there a problem with the power outlet?

Make sure your outlet works by connecting the power

cable for another electric product.

The printer turns off automatically.

Is the automatic power off configured?

To prevent the printer turning off automatically,

select Off.

U “General Settings - Basic Settings” on page 138

The printer driver is not installed

properly (Windows).

Is the icon for this printer displayed in the

Devices and Printers/ Printers/Printers and

Faxes folder?

❏Yes

The printer driver is installed. See the "The printer

is not communicating with the computer"

section.

❏No

The printer driver is not installed. Install the

printer driver.

Does the printer port setting match the

printer connection port?

Check the printer port.

Click the Port tab in the printer Properties dialog and

check the option selected for Print to the following

port(s).

❏USB: USBxxx (x stands for the port number) for

the USB connection

❏Network: The correct IP address for the network

connection

If it is not indicated, the printer driver is not installed

correctly. Delete and reinstall the printer driver.

U “Uninstalling Software” on page 28

The printer driver is not installed

properly (Mac).

Is the printer added to the printer list?

Select System Preferences > Printers & Scanners (or

Print & Fax) from the Apple menu.

If the printer name is not displayed, add the printer.

U “How to Select the Dedicated Printer Driver for

This Printer” on page 57

The printer is not communicating

with the computer.

Is the cable plugged in properly?

Confirm that the interface cable is securely connected

to both the printer port and the computer. Also, make

sure the cable is not broken nor bent. If you have a

spare cable, try connecting with the spare cable.

Do the interface cable specifications match

the specifications for the computer?

Make sure the interface cable specifications match

the specifications for the printer and the computer.

U “System Requirements” on page 220

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

189

When using a USB hub, is it being used

correctly?

In the USB specification, daisy-chains of up to five USB

hubs are possible. However, we recommend that you

connect the printer to the first hub connected directly

to the computer. Depending on the hub you are

using, the operation of the printer may become

unstable. If this should occur, plug the USB cable

directly into your computer's USB port.

Is the USB hub recognized correctly?

Make sure the USB hub is recognized correctly on the

computer. If the computer correctly detects the USB

hub, disconnect all USB hubs from the computer and

connect the printer directly to the computer USB port.

Ask the USB hub manufacturer about USB hub

operation.

You cannot print under the network

environment.

Are the network settings correct?

Ask your network administrator for the network

settings.

Connect the printer directly to the computer

using a USB cable, and then try to print.

If you are able to print via USB, there is a problem with

network settings.

Ask your system administrator, or refer to the manual

for your network system.

Printing from iPhone or iPad is not

possible.

Check printer settings.

❏Connect the iPhone or iPad to the same network

(SSID) as the printer.

❏In Web Config, enable AirPrint settings.

U “How to Use Web Config” on page 26

The printer has an error.

View the message displayed on the control

panel.

U “What to do When a Message is Displayed” on

page 187

The printer stops printing.

Is the status of print queue Pause? (Windows)

If you stop printing or the printer stops printing

because of an error, the print queue enters a Pause

status. You cannot print in this status.

Double-click the printer icon in the Devices and

Printers, Printers, or Printers and Faxes folder; if

printing is paused, open the Printer menu and clear

the Pause check box.

Does the current printer status show Paused?

(Mac)

Open the status dialog for your printer and check

whether printing is paused.

(1)Select System Preferences > Printers & Scanners

(or Print & Fax) > Open Print Queue from the Apple

menu.

(2) Double-click the icon for any printer that is

Paused.

(3)Click Resume Printer.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

190

Your problem is not listed here.

Decide whether the trouble is caused by the

printer driver or the application. (Windows)

Perform a test print from the printer driver so that you

can check that the connection between the printer

and computer is correct and the printer driver settings

are correct.

(1) Make sure that the printer is turned on and in ready

status, and load A4 or larger paper.

(2)Open the Devices and Printers, Printers, or

Printers and Faxes folder.

(3) Right-click the printer icon, and select

Properties.

(4) In the Properties dialog, select the General tab and

click Print Test Page.

After a while the printer starts to print a test page.

❏If the test page is printed correctly, the

connection between the printer and computer is

correct. Go to the next section.

❏If the test page is not printed correctly, check the

items above again.

U “You cannot print (because the printer does

not work)” on page 189

The "Driver Version" shown on the test page is the

version number of the Windows internal driver. This

differs from the Epson printer driver version that you

installed.

The printer operates, but

nothing prints

Cannot print from the printer driver

Have you selected "Print Preview" in the Mac

printer driver?

Depending on the application you are using, you may

not be able to print when "Print Preview" is enabled.

Depending on the application you are using, an error

message may be displayed when you start printing.

Disable "Print Preview" on the print settings screen.

Others

Confirm the printer operation.

Print a nozzle check pattern.

U “Checking the print head for clogging and then

cleaning” on page 180

If you can print the nozzle check pattern, the printer is

not malfunctioning. Check the following section.

Is the message Motor self adjustment

running. displayed on the control panel's

screen?

The printer adjusts the internal motor. Wait for a while

without turning off the printer.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

191

The prints are not what you expected

If the following problems with print quality occur, then respond by following the process flow on this page.

Horizontal or vertical banding

Double ruled lines or warped

characters

Wrinkling, smearing, or uneven

colors

Check the paper

❏Check that the paper is compatible with the printer, and that there are no wrinkles,

folds, or bending.

U “Epson Special Media” on page 206

U “Supported Commercially Available Paper” on page 212

U “Notes on Loading the Paper” on page 29

❏Check that the paper type setting matches the loaded paper, and if not, change it.

U “Setting Loaded Paper” on page 42

If print results do not improve

Perform Media Adjust

Paper settings are optimized for the paper loaded.

U “Optimizing Paper Settings (Media Adjust)” on page 46

If print results do not improve

Check for clogging in the

print head and perform

cleaning

Check for print head nozzle clogging, and if they are clogged, perform cleaning.

U “Checking the print head for clogging and then cleaning” on page 180

If the clogged nozzles did not improve after cleaning three times in a row

Run Powerful Cleaning

Run Powerful Cleaning.

U “Powerful Cleaning” on page 180

See the following pages for other print quality problems and solutions.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

192

Ink drips

Are the print head nozzles clogged?

Perform print head cleaning. From the printer's menu,

touch Settings - Maintenance - Head Cleaning.

Fine lines in drawings are not printed

Is a suitable resolution set?

Try the following measures.

❏In your application software, set the resolution to

600 dpi.

❏Confirm that the data paper size is correctly set in

the printer driver document size, and remedy if

different.

❏If PDF, print directly from the source data for that

PDF.

❏In the printer driver, select Emphasize Thin

Lines.

Emphasize Thin Lines is displayed by clearing

the Simple Settings check box in the Print Quality

section on the Printer Settings screen.

Vertical color unevenness occurs

when printing from the auto sheet

feeder

Are the rollers for the auto sheet feeder dirty?

Dirt on the rollers can cause vertical color unevenness

in the printouts. Try cleaning the rollers. When vertical

color unevenness occurs on glossy paper, we

recommend feeding and printing one sheet at a time

from Cut Sheet(1 sheet) instead of using the auto

sheet feeder.

U “Smearing occurs when printing from the auto

sheet feeder” on page 195

U “Loading Cut Sheet(1 sheet)” on page 40

Differences in color/light/dark

If there are differences in color/light/dark, then handle

these by following the process below.

U “The prints are not what you expected” on

page 192

If these measures do not resolve the issue, check the

following items.

Is the Color Density setting appropriate?

If you feel that lines in drawings are too light, then on

the printer driver Advanced screen, click Paper

Configuration, and increase the ink density.

Conversely, if the ink density is too high on tracing

paper, either reduce the ink density or select Tracing

Paper <LowDuty> in the Paper Type settings of the

printer, and then print.

Are you using a genuine Epson ink cartridge?

This printer is developed for use with Epson ink

cartridges. If you use non-Epson ink cartridges,

printouts may be faint, or the color of the printed

image may be changed because the remaining ink

level is not correctly detected. Be sure to use the

correct ink cartridge.

Are you using an old ink cartridge?

The print quality drops when an old ink cartridge is

used. Replace the old ink cartridge with a new one. We

recommend using all the ink in the cartridge before

the expiry date printed on the package (within 6

months of installation in the printer).

Have you tried changing the print quality

settings?

In the printer driver Printer Settings- Print Quality,

select Print with High Quality and try printing. If this

is not selected, this places priority on speed, however

this can adversely impact print quality to some extent.

Is color management enabled?

Enable color management.

U “Color Management Printing” on page 75

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

193

Have you compared the printing result with

the image on the display monitor?

Since the monitor and the printer produce colors

differently, printed colors will not always match

on-screen colors perfectly.

Did you open the front cover while printing?

If the front cover is opened while printing, the print

head stops suddenly, causing unevenness in color. Do

not open the front cover while printing.

The color is not exactly the same as

another printer.

Colors vary depending on the printer type

due to each printer's characteristics.

Because inks, printer drivers, and printer profiles are

developed for each printer model, the colors printed

by different printer models are not exactly the same.

You can achieve similar colors with the same color

adjustment method or the same gamma setting by

using the printer driver.

U “Correct color and print” on page 71

The print is not positioned properly

on the media.

Have you specified the print area?

Check the print area in the settings of the application

and the printer.

Is the Original Size setting correct?

If the size of the loaded paper does not match the

printer driver settings for Original Size or Paper Size,

the print may not be in the correct position or some of

the data may not be printed. In this case, check the

print settings.

Is the paper skewed?

If Off is selected for Detect Paper Meandering in the

Printer Settings menu, printing will continue even if

the paper is skewed, resulting in printing outside of

the print area. In the Printer Settings menu, set Detect

Paper Meandering to On.

U “General Settings - Printer Settings” on

page 141

Is the roll paper margin set wide?

If margins narrower than the margins set in the roll

paper Advanced Media Setting - Top/Bottom

Margins menu are set in the application software,

then priority is given to the printer settings.

U “Roll Paper menu” on page 132

Vertical ruled lines are misaligned.

Has Media Adjust been carried out?

Confirm that the paper type settings match the paper,

and perform Media Adjust.

U “Setting Loaded Paper” on page 42

U “Optimizing Paper Settings (Media Adjust)” on

page 46

After performing Media Adjust, does the

same problem occur?

On the printer driver's Printer Settings screen, clear

Simple Settings in the Print Quality field. Select Level

- Max Quality, clear High Speed Printing, and then

try printing.

However, printing may take some time.

Bidirectional printing moves the print head left and

right while printing, so if the print head is misaligned

(with gaps), ruled lines may be printed as misaligned.

The printed surface is scuffed or

soiled.

Is the paper too thick or too thin?

Check that the paper specifications are compatible

with this printer.

U “Epson Special Media Table” on page 209

U “Supported Commercially Available Paper” on

page 212

Is the paper wrinkled or creased?

Do not use old paper or paper with creases in it.

Always use new paper.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

194

Is the paper wavy or curled?

Changes in temperature and humidity may cause

paper to become wavy or curled, which can cause

scuffing.

Check the following points.

❏Load the paper just before printing.

❏Do not use wavy or curled paper.

For roll paper, cut off the wavy or curled parts and

then load it again.

For cut sheets, use new paper.

U “Notes on Loading the Paper” on page 29

Is the print head scuffing the printed surface?

Enable the Thick Paper function, and try printing.

From the Home screen, touch Settings - Printer

Settings - Thick Paper - On.

If the problem does not improve even after enabling

the Thick Paper function, register it as custom paper,

and try changing the Platen Gap to the maximum

setting.

Settings - Printer Settings - Custom Paper Setting.

U “General Settings - Printer Settings” on

page 141

Perform Platen Gap settings from the Roll paper

information area - Advanced Media Setting - Platen

Gap on the home screen.

U “Roll Paper menu” on page 132

Is the print head scuffing the edge of the

paper?

If smearing or soiling occurs on the edge of the roll

paper, touch the Roll paper information area -

Advanced Media Setting - Top/Bottom Margins

from the Home screen, change the edge setting to 45

mm, and try printing.

Is the print head scuffing the trailing edge of

the paper?

Depending on the paper usage, storage conditions,

and the content of the print data, the bottom edge

may be scuffed when printing. In this situation it is

best to create your data with a wider bottom margin.

Roll paper and cut sheets are smeared

in similar ways

Follow the steps below to clean the roller by feeding

plain paper.

Turn on the printer, and load it with the widest

available roll paper.

U “Loading Roll Paper” on page 30

Touch Paper Setting - Roll Paper - Feed/Cut

Paper from the Home screen.

Touch and hold the (Forward) button until

the paper is no longer marked.

Paper is fed while the (Forward) button is

touched. If the paper is not soiled, cleaning is

complete.

Touch the (Cut) button to cut the paper.

Smearing occurs when printing from

the auto sheet feeder

When feeding from the auto sheet feeder for printing,

the printed side may be smeared or color unevenness

may occur. This is more likely to occur when using

glossy paper.

When vertical smearing occurs on glossy paper, we

recommend feeding and printing one sheet at a time

from Cut Sheet(1 sheet) instead of using the auto sheet

feeder.

U “Loading Cut Sheet(1 sheet)” on page 40

Follow the steps below to clean the roller for the auto

sheet feeder by feeding plain paper.

Turn on the printer and load a few sheets of

A3-size plain paper in the auto sheet feeder.

U “Loading paper into the auto sheet feeder”

on page 36

From the Home screen, touch Settings -

Maintenance - Paper Guide Cleaning.

Touch Start.

The paper is ejected.

Check if the ejected paper is smeared.

❏If it is smeared: Touch Run Again if the paper is

smeared.

❏If it is not smeared: Touch Done to finish

cleaning the roller.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

195

The paper is wrinkled.

Are you using the printer at normal room

temperature?

Epson special media should be used at normal room

temperature (temperature: 15 to 25˚C, humidity: 40 to

60%). For information about paper such as thin paper

from other manufacturers that requires special

handling, see the documentation supplied with the

paper.

Is there a gap between both edges of the roll

paper and the flanges?

Confirm that the spindle flanges are right up against

both edges of the roll paper, with no gaps. If there are

any gaps, then the paper is fed at an angle, and this

may result in wrinkling.

U “Loading Roll Paper” on page 30

Has Media Adjust been carried out?

Confirm that paper type settings that match the paper

being used, and perform Media Adjust.

U “Setting Loaded Paper” on page 42

U “Optimizing Paper Settings (Media Adjust)” on

page 46

Is the roll paper tension weak?

If wrinkles occur on the roll paper, increase the paper

tension settings. In the Roll paper information area -

Advanced Media Setting - Back Tension, select

High or Extra High.

The reverse side of the printed paper

is soiled.

Is ink dry on the printed surface?

Depending on the printing density and paper type,

the ink may take a while to dry. Do not stack the paper

until the printed surface is dry.

Additionally, setting the drying time on the printer in

Roll Paper - Advanced Media Setting - Drying Time

- Drying Time per Page to a longer time will stop

post-print processing (ejection, cutting), waiting for

the paper to dry naturally.

U “Roll Paper menu” on page 132

Blurred text, lines, and images

Is the Media Type setting correct?

Confirm that the paper type selected with the printer

matches the paper being used, and that the printer

driver Media Type settings are Use Printer Settings.

The amount of ink to be fired is controlled according

to the media type. If the settings do not match the

paper loaded, too much ink may be fired.

U “Setting Loaded Paper” on page 42

Is the Color Density setting appropriate?

On the printer driver Advanced screen, click Paper

Configuration, and decrease the ink density. The

printer may be printing with too much ink for some

paper. We recommend that black and color densities

be decreased similarly.

Are you printing on tracing paper?

If too much ink is discharged, on the printer driver

Advanced screen, click Paper Configuration, and

decrease the ink density. Alternatively, changing

Paper Type to Tracing Paper <LowDuty> may result

in an improvement.

Feeding or ejecting problems

Unable to feed or eject paper.

Is the paper loaded in the correct position?

See the following for the correct paper loading

positions.

U “Loading Roll Paper” on page 30

U “Loading paper into the auto sheet feeder” on

page 36

U “Loading Cut Sheet(1 sheet)” on page 40

Is the paper loaded in the correct direction?

Load cut sheets vertically. If they are not loaded in the

correct direction, the paper may not be recognized

and an error may occur.

U “Loading paper into the auto sheet feeder” on

page 36

U “Loading Cut Sheet(1 sheet)” on page 40

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

196

Is the paper wrinkled or creased?

Do not use old paper or paper with creases in it.

Always use new paper.

Is the paper damp?

Do not use paper that is damp. Also, Epson special

media should be left in the bag until you intend to use

it. If it is left out for a long time, the paper curls up and

gets damp so that it does not feed properly.

Is the paper wavy or curled?

If changes in temperature and humidity cause paper

to become wavy or curled, the printer may not be able

to recognize the paper size correctly.

Check the following points.

❏Load the paper just before printing.

❏Do not use wavy or curled paper.

For roll paper, cut off the wavy or curled parts and

then load it again.

For cut sheets, use new paper.

U “Notes on Loading the Paper” on page 29

Are the edges of the roll paper uneven?

Loading roll paper with the right and left edges

uneven may cause paper feeding problems or paper

meandering may occur during printing. Rewind the

paper to make the edges even before using roll paper,

or use roll paper that has no problems.

U “Notes on Loading the Paper” on page 29

Is the paper too thick or too thin?

Check that the paper specifications are compatible

with this printer.

U “Epson Special Media” on page 206

U “Supported Commercially Available Paper” on

page 212

Are you using the printer at normal room

temperature?

Epson special media should be used at normal room

temperature (temperature: 15 to 25˚C, humidity: 40 to

60%). For information about paper from other

manufacturers, see the documentation supplied with

the paper.

Is paper jammed in the printer?

Open the front cover of the printer and check that

there are no paper jams or foreign objects in the

printer. If paper is jammed, see "Roll paper jam" or "Cut

sheets jam" below, and clear the jammed paper.

Paper does not collect in the paper

basket, or is creased or folded

Does the print job require a lot of ink, or is the

humidity of the work environment high?

Depending on the job and the work environment,

paper may not collect in the paper basket. Take the

following measures as appropriate.

❏Paper does not collect in the paper basket: Use

your hands to lightly press the paper into the

paper basket as it is ejected from the printer.

❏The paper folds after it has been cut

automatically: Select manual cutting and take

the paper in both hands after it is cut.

❏The paper wrinkles and does not collect well in

the paper basket: Resume printing after closing

the paper basket. Before the paper ejected from

the printer touches the floor, take it in both

hands close to the paper eject slot and continue

to lightly support it until printing is complete.

Roll paper jam

To remove jammed paper, follow the steps below:

Open the cut sheets cover.

Unlock the center lock and open the roll paper

cover.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

197

Cut the top portion of any torn or wrinkled areas

using a commercially available cutter.

Close the roll paper cover and cut sheet cover.

When ejecting paper from the front, grasp the

paper with both hands, and slowly pull it out

towards you.

Open the front cover, remove the jammed paper,

and then close the front cover.

Important:

Do not touch the print head. If you touch the

print head with your hand, static electricity

may cause a malfunction.

When the message Then turn the power off and

on again.is displayed, turn off the printer and

then turn it back on.

After removing the paper, reload the paper and restart

printing.

U “Loading Roll Paper” on page 30

Important:

Before you reload the roll paper, cut the edge

straight horizontally. Cut any wavy or wrinkled

sections.

If there are any wrinkles on the edge, then paper

may not be fed, or it may jam.

Cut sheets jam

To remove jammed paper, follow the steps below:

Open the front cover.

When ejecting paper from the front, grasp the

paper with both hands, and slowly pull it out

towards you.

Remove the jammed paper, then close the front

cover.

Important:

Do not touch the print head. If you touch the

print head with your hand, static electricity

may cause a malfunction.

When the message Then turn the power off and

on again.is displayed, turn off the printer and

then turn it back on.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

198

After removing the paper, reload the paper and restart

printing.

U “Loading paper into the auto sheet feeder” on

page 36

U “Loading Cut Sheet(1 sheet)” on page 40

Original Is Jammed (SC-T5100M

Series/SC-T3100M Series Only)

To remove a jammed original, follow the steps.

Caution:

When opening and closing the scanner cover, keep

your hands away from the joint between the cover

and the printer.

If your fingers or hands get caught, it could cause an

injury.

Open the scanner cover.

Important:

Do not lean against or place objects on the

scanner cover.

Remove the jammed original.

Close the scanner cover.

Others

The control panel display keeps

turning off.

Is the printer in sleep mode?

Sleep mode is exited if a print job is received or the

screen of the control panel is touched. The delay

before entering sleep mode can be changed from the

Basic Settings menu.

U “General Settings - Basic Settings” on page 138

Color ink runs out quickly even when

printing in the Black&White mode or

when printing black data.

Color ink may be consumed even when

printing in black and white mode, or when

printing black data.

Color ink is also consumed during the print

head cleaning process.

When performing Head Cleaning or Powerful

Cleaning, ink of all colors will be consumed even if

black and white mode is selected.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

199

The paper is not cut cleanly.

Replace the cutter.

If the paper is not cut cleanly, replace the cutter.

U “Replacing the Cutter” on page 184

A light is visible inside the printer.

This is not a failure.

The light is a light inside the printer.

The administrator password has been

lost

oShould you forget the administrator password,

contact your dealer or Epson Support.

Print head is automatically cleaned

oTo ensure print quality, the printer may automatically

perform head cleaning when the printer is turned on,

or before starting printing.

The printer turned off due to a power

cut

Turn off the printer, and then turn it back on.

When the printer is not turned off normally, the print

head may not be capped correctly. If the print head is

left uncapped for a long time, the print quality may

decline.

When you turn on the printer, capping is performed

automatically after a few minutes.

Copying or Scanning Problems

(SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series Only)

Lines Appear on Scanned or Copied

Documents

Follow the steps below to clean the inside of the scanner.

Dust or dirt that is stuck to the scanner's glass surface or

the white board may cause unwanted lines or marks on

copy results and scanned images.

If the rollers or the scanner's glass surface is very dirty,

use the optional cleaning kit. Add a small amount of

cleaner to the cleaning cloth and wipe off the dirt.

U “Options and Consumable Products” on

page 206

Caution:

When opening and closing the scanner cover, keep

your hands away from the joint between the cover

and the printer.

If your fingers or hands get caught, it could cause an

injury.

Important:

❏Do not use volatile chemicals, such as alcohol or

paint thinners. Deformation or discoloration

could occur.

❏Do not apply liquids to or directly spray

lubricant on the scanner. Otherwise the

equipment and circuits may become damaged,

so the printer may not operate correctly.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

200

Open the scanner cover.

Using a soft cloth, wipe off any dust, dirt, or paper

particles (resembles white powder).

Thoroughly wipe the area shown in blue in the

illustration below.

Use the cleaning kit, or the clean side of the soft

cloth, to carefully wipe the white board (the area

shown in blue in the illustration below).

The SC-T5100M Series has three white boards.

Make sure you clean them all.

Use the cleaning kit, or the clean side of the soft

cloth, to wipe the glass surface.

The SC-T5100M Series has three glass surfaces.

Make sure you clean them all.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

201

Important:

❏Do not apply excessive force to glass

surfaces.

❏Do not use brushes or hard objects. They

may scratch the glass surface and affect the

scan quality.

❏Do not directly spray cleaner onto the class

surface.

After you have finished cleaning, close the

scanner cover.

Important:

Close the scanner cover right after you have

finished cleaning to prevent dust from getting

inside.

Unable to Properly Feed Originals

If the right side of the original's loading position is

incorrect, the original cannot be fed properly.

If you are not using the optional carrier sheet, you will

need a document guide. Make sure the document guide

is placed.

Remove the document guide when using the optional

carrier sheet.

If you do not want to use the optional carrier sheet

When the document guide has been placed, check the

following items. If the original still cannot be fed

properly, change Original Size or Scan Size to the

standard size from Auto Detect.

Is the original loaded with skew?

Reload the original. If the original is loaded with skew,

it cannot be fed properly.

Is the original folded?

Unfold the original.

If the original is folded while the printer is set to Auto

Detect in Original Size or Scan Size, the width of the

original may not be read correctly, which may cause

the original to not feed properly.

Clean inside of the scanner.

If the printer is set to Auto Detect in Original Size or

Scan Size, the width of the original may not be read

correctly, which may cause the original to not feed

properly.

How to Clean Inside the Scanner U “Lines Appear on

Scanned or Copied Documents” on page 200

You may be using an original that cannot be

placed.

See the following for details on originals that cannot

be placed.

U “Documents That Cannot Be Loaded” on

page 103

If you are using the optional carrier sheet

After removing the document guide, place the

document.

Is the original loaded with skew?

Reload the original. If the original is loaded with skew,

it cannot be fed properly.

Original Size or Scan Size are not

recognized correctly

Is Original Size or Scan Size set to Auto

Detect?

If Original Size or Scan Size is set to Auto Detect, the

size of the original may not be detected correctly. Set

Original Size or Scan Size.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

202

Clean inside of the scanner.

If there is dust or dirt stuck to the scanner's glass

surface or the white board, the size of the original may

not be detected correctly. See the item below and

follow the same procedures for cleaning.

U “Lines Appear on Scanned or Copied Documents”

on page 200

Copy Results are not Enlarged to the

Width of the Roll Paper

Is the reduce/enlargement copy setting set to

Auto Fit Page - On?

If Auto Fit Page is set to On in Reduce/Enlarge from

the Copy menu, the scanner may not be able to detect

the size of the original correctly, and the print result

will not match the width of the roll paper. In

Advanced - Original Size, specify the size of the

original you loaded.

Scanned Image Is Misaligned

Change the direction that the original is

loaded.

Changing the direction that the original is loaded may

improve scan results.

Is the original curled?

If the original is curled, smooth out the original and

place it flat. Then scan the original.

Try Image Stitching Adjustment.

Doing Image Stitching Adjustment may improve

scan results.

U “Image Stitching Adjustment” on page 204

Try using the optional carrier sheet.

Putting the original into the carrier sheet smooths out

any wrinkles and may improve scan results.

Scanned Image Is Blurred

Is Image Stitching Smoother set to On?

When Image Stitching Smoother is set to On, text

and lines may be blurred at the points where the scans

are joined.

If you are concerned about this issue, touch Settings -

Scan Settings - Scan Options - Image Stitching

Smoother from the Home screen, and set this to

Off.

Try Image Stitching Adjustment.

If the stitching for the scanned images is not aligned,

any text or lines on the stitching may be blurred or

fuzzy.

U “Image Stitching Adjustment” on page 204

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

203

Color of Original (Background Color)

Remains in Scanned Image or

Shadows of Wrinkles Appear in

Scanned Image

Are you using the optional carrier sheet?

When scanning with a carrier sheet, the background

color may remain in the scan results or wrinkles may

appear.

If you are concerned about these issues, follow the

steps below to try to make adjustments in Remove

Background.

❏When copying

Select Copy - Basic Settings - Image Quality -

Remove Background - Auto - Off on the Home

screen, and then set the adjustment value to a

positive value from -4 to 4.

U “Copy Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series Only) ” on page 166

❏When scanning and saving to an email or folder

Select Scan on the Home screen, and then select

Email or Network Folder/FTP depending on

the target location.

Select Scan Settings - Image Quality - Remove

Background - Auto - Off, and then set the

adjustment value to a positive value from -4 to

U “Scan Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series Only)” on page 169

❏When saving scanned data to an external

memory device

Select Scan - Advanced - Image Quality -

Remove Background - Auto - Off on the Home

screen, and then set the adjustment value to a

positive value from -4 to 4.

U “Scan Menu (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M

Series Only)” on page 169

Document Feed Adjustment

If the print results and the length of the original of

copied or scanned files do not match, use the following

procedure to do Document Feed Adjustment. If you

want to shorten the length of the print out, press the

minus button. If you want to lengthen it, press the plus

button. Differences in length may occur due to the type

of paper used for printing.

Touch Settings on the Home screen.

Touch General Settings - Scan Settings - Scan

Options - Document Feed Adjustment.

The adjustment value settings screen appears.

The adjustment values are shown in %.

Either touch - or + to show the intended

adjustment values or touch the adjustment entry

area to enter the adjustment values using the

keypad screen.

Adjustment values are determined as shown

below.

Example) When the length of the original is 50

cm and the print result is 50.1 cm:

50/50.1×100-100= -0.1996, rounded at the

second decimal.

Adjustment value: -0.2

Touch OK.

Image Stitching Adjustment

As for the original ( ) shown in the figure below, if a

misalignment occurs in the scanned image, such as in

, do Image Stitching Adjustment using the following

procedure.

If the original has wrinkles or is an uneven thicknesses,

the parts where the images join together may be

misaligned even after performing Image Stitching

Adjustment.

The arrow in indicates the feed direction of the

original.

Touch Settings on the Home screen.

Touch General Settings - Scan Settings - Scan

Options - Image Stitching Adjustment.

The adjustment value settings screen appears.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

204

Either touch - or + to show the intended

adjustment values or touch the adjustment entry

area to enter the adjustment values using the

keypad screen.

Shifting the adjustment value by 1 will correct the

misalignment by about 0.1 mm in the actual size.

When the Scan Results Are Shifted Up in

Relation to the Feed Direction of the Original

Set the adjustment value toward the plus sign.

When the Scan Results Are Shifted Down in

Relation to the Feed Direction of the Original

Set the adjustment value toward the minus sign.

Touch OK.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Problem Solver

205

Appendix

Options and Consumable Products

The following options and consumable products are available for use with your printer. (As of July, 2019)

For the latest information, see the Epson Web site.

Epson Special Media

U “Epson Special Media Table” on page 209

Ink Cartridges

Epson recommends the use of genuine Epson ink cartridges. Epson cannot guarantee the quality or reliability of

non-genuine ink. The use of non-genuine ink may cause damage that is not covered by Epson‘s warranties, and under

certain circumstances, may cause erratic printer behavior.

Information about non-genuine ink levels may not be displayed, and use of non-genuine ink is recorded for possible

use in service support.

Printer model Ink color Product Number

80 ml 50 ml 26 ml

SC-T5100M

SC-T3100M

SC-T5100

SC-T3100

SC-T5100N

SC-T3100N

SC-T2100

Black T40D1 T40C1 -

Cyan - T40D2 T40C2

Magenta - T40D3 T40C3

Yellow - T40D4 T40C4

SC-T5130M

SC-T3130M

SC-T5130

SC-T3130

SC-T3130N

Black T40B1 T40A1 -

Cyan - T40B2 T40A2

Magenta - T40B3 T40A3

Yellow - T40B4 T40A4

SC-T5160M

SC-T3160M

SC-T5160

SC-T3160

SC-T5160N

SC-T3160N

Black T40U1 T40S1 -

Cyan - T40U2 T40S2

Magenta - T40U3 T40S3

Yellow - T40U4 T40S4

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

206

Printer model Ink color Product Number

80 ml 50 ml 26 ml

SC-T5180M

SC-T3180M

SC-T5180

SC-T5180N

SC-T3180N

Black T40H1 T40G1 -

Cyan - T40H2 T40G2

Magenta - T40H3 T40G3

Yellow - T40H4 T40G4

Others

Product Part number Explanation

Maintenance Box S210057 Replacement Maintenance Box for when there is

insufficient empty space in the Maintenance

Box.

U “Replacing Maintenance Box” on page 183

Auto Cutter Spare Blade

(except for the SC-T5180M/SC-T3180M/

SC-T5180/SC-T5180N/SC-T3180N)

S210055 U “Replacing the Cutter” on page 184

Auto Cutter Spare Blade

(for the SC-T5180M/SC-T3180M/SC-T5180/

SC-T5180N/SC-T3180N)

S210056

Stand (36")

(except for the SC-T5180N)

C12C933091 Dedicated stand with a paper basket for models

without a stand. Select the width in accordance

with a model you are using.

Stand (36")

(for the SC-T5180N)

C12C933101

Stand (24")

(except for the SC-T3180M/SC-T3180N)

C12C933151

Stand (24")

(for SC-T3180M/SC-T3180N)

C12C933161

Roll Feed Spindle (36")

(except for the SC-T5180M/SC-T5180/

SC-T5180N)

C12C933131 This is the same as the roll paper spindle supplied

with the printer. Select the width in accordance

with a model you are using.

Roll Feed Spindle (36")

(for the SC-T5180M/SC-T5180/SC-T5180N)

C12C933141

Roll Feed Spindle (24")

(except for the SC-T3180M/SC-T3180N)

C12C935701

Roll Feed Spindle (24")

(for SC-T3180M/SC-T3180N)

C12C933221

Stacker

(for the SC-T2100 Series only)

C12C936361 U “Installing and removing the paper stacker

(for plain paper)” on page 36

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

207

Product Part number Explanation

Document Carrier Sheet (A1+/628 x 935 mm)

(for the SC-T3100M Series)

C12C936101/C12C936121 Used when loading thin originals and originals

that you do not want to damage when copying

or scanning.

U “When loading documents that are thin, that

are easily torn, or that you do not want to

damage” on page 104

Document Carrier Sheet (A0+/932 x 1,300

mm)

(for the SC-T5100M Series)

C12C936461/C12C936471

Cleaning Kit B12B819291 Use this to clean the inside of the scanner.

U “Lines Appear on Scanned or Copied

Documents” on page 200

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

208

Supported Media

We recommend you use the following Epson special media for high-quality printing results. Refer to the following for

supported commercially available paper.

U “Supported Commercially Available Paper” on page 212

Epson Special Media Table

Epson paper supported by this printer is described below. (As of April, 2018).

Not all paper types and sizes are available in all countries or regions.

Note:

The paper names in the following table are displayed by the paper type settings in the menu of the printer driver or the

printer. Some parts of paper names may be omitted.

Example: "Premium Glossy Photo Paper (170)" may be abbreviated to "Premium Glossy 170".

Roll Paper

Paper Name Size

Singleweight Matte Paper 420 mm/A2

432 mm/17 in.

515 mm/B2

594 mm/A1

610 mm/24 in.

728 mm/B1

914 mm/36 in.

Doubleweight Matte Paper 594 mm/A1

610 mm/24 in.

728 mm/B1

914 mm/36 in.

Premium Glossy Photo Paper (170) 420 mm/A2

594 mm/A1

610 mm/24 in.

728 mm/B1

914 mm/36 in.

Premium Semigloss Photo Paper (170) 420 mm/A2

594 mm/A1

610 mm/24 in.

728 mm/B1

914 mm/36 in.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

209

Paper Name Size

Enhanced Adhesive Synthetic Paper 610 mm/24 in.

914 mm/36 in.

Enhanced Low Adhesive Synthetic Paper 610 mm/24 in.

914 mm/36 in.

* Available only with the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T5100 Series/SC-T5100N Series.

Cut Sheet

Paper Name Size

Auto Sheet Feeder

Availability

Loadable

Number of

Sheets

Photo Quality Inkjet Paper A4

Letter

Legal

✓5

A3+

SuperB

US-C

Archival Matte Paper A4

Letter

✓5

A3+

SuperB

US C

Photo paper Glossy A4

Letter

✓5

A3+

SuperB

US-B

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

210

Paper Name Size

Auto Sheet Feeder

Availability

Loadable

Number of

Sheets

Premium Glossy Photo Paper A4

Letter

11 x 14 in.

✓5

A3+

SuperB

US-C

Premium Semigloss Photo Paper A4

Letter

✓5

A3+

SuperB

US-C

Premium Luster Photo Paper A4

Letter

✓5

US-C --

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

211

Supported Commercially Available Paper

This printer supports the following paper specifications for non-Epson media.

Important:

❏Do not use paper that is wrinkled, scuffed, torn, or dirty.

❏Commercially available paper corresponding to the paper types in the table can be loaded in and fed through

the printer as long as they meet the following specifications, however Epson cannot guarantee the print

quality.

❏Commercially available paper types not in the table can be loaded in the printer as long as they meet the

following specifications, however Epson cannot guarantee the feed and print quality.

Roll Paper

Paper type Plain paper, coated paper, photo paper, tracing paper, matte film, blueprint paper

Roll core size 2 inches

Roll paper outer diameter 119 mm or less

Paper width SC-T5100M Series/SC-T5100 Series/SC-T5100N Series: 297 to 914 mm (36 inches)

SC-T3100M Series/SC-T3100 Series/SC-T3100N Series/SC-T2100 Series: 297 to 610 mm (24

inches)

Paper thickness 0.05 to 0.21 mm

Roll weight SC-T5100M Series/SC-T5100 Series/SC-T5100N Series: 5.9 kg or less

SC-T3100M Series/SC-T3100 Series/SC-T3100N Series/SC-T2100 Series: 4.2 kg or less

Cut sheets (Auto sheet feeder)

Media Type Plain paper, coated paper, photo paper, blueprint paper

Paper Size A4 to A3

Paper thickness 0.12 to 0.27 mm

You can load up to 50 sheets of plain paper in the auto sheet feeder, or up to 5 sheets of other paper types.

However, depending on the thickness of the paper, feeding may fail even if you load less than the number of sheets

mentioned above. In this situation, try loading fewer sheets of paper.

Cut Sheet (1 sheet)

Paper type Plain paper, coated paper, photo paper, tracing paper, matte film, blueprint paper

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

212

Paper width SC-T5100M Series/SC-T5100 Series/SC-T5100N Series: 210 to 914 mm (36 inches)

SC-T3100M Series/SC-T3100 Series/SC-T3100N Series/SC-T2100 Series: 210 to 610 mm (24

inches)

Length 279.4 mm (Letter) to 1,189 mm

Paper thickness 0.12 to 0.27 mm

*When blueprint paper is selected, the print data is converted to blue and then printed. You can perform blue printing

(printing blue lines on a blue background).

For blue paper, use light blue, high quality paper (approximately 60 to 80 g/m

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

213

Before Printing on Commercially Available Paper

When using commercially available paper, select the paper type setting that matches to the paper from the following

settings.

❏Plain Paper

❏Coated Paper(Generic)

❏Photo Paper(Generic)

❏Tracing Paper

❏Tracing Paper <LowDuty>

❏Matte Film

❏Blueprint Paper

Perform Media Adjust if there is banding, wrinkling, smearing, or uneven colors in the printing results.

U “Optimizing Paper Settings (Media Adjust)” on page 46

When using Commercially Available Synthetic, Canvas or Film-type Paper

Before printing, carry out one of the following.

❏Add as a new paper type setting (register as custom paper), and carry out media adjust.

From the Home screen, touch Settings - General Settings - Printer Settings - Custom Paper Setting, and

as the newly added paper type settings.

Refer to the following menu for details on custom paper settings.

U “General Settings - Printer Settings” on page 141

❏Select the paper type from the following Epson Special Media settings, and perform Media Adjust.

Enhanced Adhesive Syn., Enhanced Low Adh. Syn., Heavyweight Polyester, Glossy Film2

By performing the Media Adjust, paper settings for Epson Special Media will be overwritten by the settings for the

paper you use.

U “Optimizing Paper Settings (Media Adjust)” on page 46

Note:

Test the print quality with this printer before purchasing a large amount of paper.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

214

Printable area

This section describes the printable areas for the printer.

If the print range settings in application software are

larger than the following printer printable areas,

sections beyond the specified margins are not printed.

Roll Paper

The gray area in the illustration below shows the

printable area.

The arrow in the illustration indicates the direction that

the paper is ejected.

*1 SC-T5100M Series/SC-T5100 Series/SC-T5100N

Series

*2 SC-T3100M Series/SC-T3100 Series/SC-T3100N

Series/ SC-T2100 Series

*3 In the printer driver Layout screen, selecting Print

Banner sets the top and bottom margins of the

paper to 0 mm.

*4 However, the actual print size depends on the

application, the paper size loaded in the printer,

the printer driver settings, and the computer

environment.

Margins for roll paper depend on the settings values for

Top/Bottom Margins in the menu, as shown in the

table below.

Settings for Top/Bottom Margins U “Roll Paper

menu” on page 132

The default setting is Standard.

Settings of Top/Bottom

Margins

Margin Values

Standard A, C = 30 mm

B,D = 3 mm

Top 3 mm/Bottom 3 mm A,C = 3 mm

B,D = 3 mm

Top 15 mm/Bottom 15 mm A,C = 15 mm

B,D = 3 mm

Top 45 mm/Bottom 15 mm A = 45 mm

C = 15 mm

B,D = 3 mm

3 mm A,B,C,D = 3 mm

5 mm A,B,C,D = 5 mm

*If Standard is selected when the following two

conditions are met, then the top and bottom

margins will be 3 mm.

❏The paper type settings are one of the following

Singleweight Matte, Coated Paper(Generic), Plain

Paper, Plain Paper Thin, Plain Paper Thick, Tracing

Paper, Tracing Paper <LowDuty>, Matte Film,

Blueprint Paper

❏The printer driver print targets are one of the

following

CAD/Line Drawing - Black, CAD/Line Drawing -

Color,CAD/Line Drawing - Bi-Level

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

215

Important:

❏Printing is distorted when the trailing edge of

the roll paper comes off the core. Make sure the

trailing edge does not come inside the printing

area.

❏If the print range settings width is smaller

than the print data width , then the sections

beyond the printable width will not be

printed.

Cut sheets (Auto sheet feeder)

The gray area in the illustration below shows the

printable area. The arrow in the illustration indicates the

direction that the paper is ejected.

Cut Sheet (1 sheet)

The gray area in the illustration below shows the

printable area. The arrow in the illustration indicates the

direction that the paper is ejected.

*1 SC-T5100M Series/SC-T5100 Series/SC-T5100N

Series

*2 SC-T3100M Series/SC-T3100 Series/SC-T3100N

Series/SC-T2100 Series

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

216

Moving or Transporting

the Printer

This section describes methods for moving and

transporting the product.

Caution:

❏The printer is heavy, so ensure more than one

person is used for these actions. Make sure the

product is carried by two people or more when

packing or moving it.

❏When you lift the printer, maintain a natural

posture.

❏When you lift the printer, place your hands at

the specified locations on the left and right as

indicated in the following illustration.

If you lift the printer while holding other

sections, you may be injured. For example, you

may drop the printer or your fingers may be

pinched when lowering the printer.

❏Do not tilt the product more than 10 degrees

forward, back, left, or right while moving it.

Failure to observe this precaution could result

in the printer falling over, causing accidents.

Important:

The print head may fail if the environmental

temperature becomes -10˚C or lower.

Eject the ink prior to turning off the power if you

expect to be moving or transporting the printer in an

environment of -10˚C or below.

See the following procedure for detailed

instructions.

U “Handling if Transporting/Leaving the Printer

in an Environment of -10˚C or Less” on page 218

Moving to a Different Location in

the Same Building

Preparations for Moving

This explains preparations for moving the printer a

short distance, for example within the same building.

See the following section for information on moving the

printer between floors or to another building.

U “When Transporting” on page 218

For models with stands, moving the printer on casters is

possible providing there are no steps or unevenness in

the floor along the route, however pay attention to the

following points.

Caution:

For models with stands, ensure that you abide by the

following points in order to prevent damage from

falling over.

❏Do not move the printer with casters locked

❏Avoid areas with steps or unevenness

❏After moving, ensure the casters are locked

before use

Important:

Ensure you move and transport the printer with the

ink cartridges installed. Do not remove the ink

cartridges; otherwise, the nozzles may be clogged

and make it impossible to print, or ink may leak.

Remove all paper from the printer. Make sure

you remove the Paper Stacker if it is installed.

Close all covers on the printer. For models with

stands, close the paper basket.

Turn off the printer, and unplug all cables,

including the power cord and LAN cables, etc.

For models with stands, release the locks on the

casters.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

217

Operations after Moving

This explains operations to prepare for use after moving

the printer.

Connect the power cable, and turn the printer

on.

Check for print head nozzle clogging, and if these

are clogged, carry out print head cleaning.

U “Checking the print head for clogging and

then cleaning” on page 180

When Transporting

Before transporting the printer, contact your dealer or

Epson Support.

U “Where To Get Help” on page 226

Handling if Transporting/

Leaving the Printer in an

Environment of -10˚C or Less

The print head may fail if the environmental

temperature becomes -10˚C or lower. Discharge the ink

following the procedures below if you expect the printer

to encounter environments of -10˚C or below.

Caution:

When opening and closing the scanner cover, keep

your hands away from the joint between the cover

and the printer.

If your fingers or hands get caught, it could cause an

injury.

Important:

This procedure discharges ink into the Maintenance

Box, therefore the Maintenance Box requires

adequate remaining capacity. If the remaining

capacity box is low, first prepare a new replacement

Maintenance Box.

If paper is loaded, remove all paper.

U “Removing Roll Paper” on page 34

U “Removing Cut Sheet (1 Sheet)” on page 41

From the Home screen, touch Settings -

Maintenance - Discharging/Charging Ink.

Touch Start.

Move the ink cartridge to the replacement

position.

Open the front cover.

For the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series,

open the scanner unit.

Open the cartridge cover, and remove all ink

cartridges.

After ink discharge, reinstall the ink cartridges.

Place the removed ink cartridges nearby with the

ink supply port down, or laid horizontally.

Close the cartridge cover and front cover.

Close the front cover to start ink discharge.

Important:

Do not open the cover or turn the printer off

during ink discharge.

If Open the front cover and insert all the ink

cartridges. is displayed, open the front cover and

cartridge cover again.

Set all ink cartridges removed in Step 5.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

218

Close the cartridge cover and front cover.

For the SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series,

close the cartridge cover and the scanner unit.

Closing the front cover automatically turns off

the power to the printer.

After this, refer to the following for preparations

for movement/transport.

U “Moving to a Different Location in the Same

Building” on page 217

U “When Transporting” on page 218

Important:

When a You will need a new xxx ink cartridge to

start using the printer again. message is displayed,

prepare an ink cartridge of the color shown with

XXX by the time the printer is next used.

The next time the power is turned on, if the amount

of ink required in order to perform ink charging

(filling with ink until the print head nozzle section,

readying the device for printing) is not available,

then the printer will not be usable until the ink

cartridge is replaced.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

219

System Requirements

Software for this printer can be used in the following environments. (As of November, 2020)

Supported OS and other elements may change.

For the latest information, see the Epson Web site.

Printer Driver

Windows

Operating system Windows 10 / Windows 10 x64

Windows 8.1 / Windows 8.1 x64

Windows 8 / Windows 8 x64

Windows 7 / Windows 7 x64

Windows Vista / Windows Vista x64

Windows XP SP3 or later / Windows XP x64 SP2 or later

Windows Server 2019

Windows Server 2016

Windows Server 2012 R2

Windows Server 2012

Windows Server 2008 R2

Windows Server 2008

Windows Server 2003 R2

Windows Server 2003 SP2 or later

CPU Intel Core2 Duo 3.05 GHz or more

Available memory space 1 GB or more

Hard disk (Available volume to install) 32 GB or more

Display resolution WXGA (1280×800) or better

Connection method with the printer

USB, Ethernet, or Wi-Fi

* For details on the connection methods (interface specifications), see the following.

U “Specifications Table” on page 222

Mac

Operating system Mac OS X v10.6.8 or later

CPU Intel Core2 Duo 3.05 GHz or more

Available memory space 4 GB or more

Hard disk (Available volume to install) 32 GB or more

Display resolution WXGA+ (1440×900) or better

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

220

Connection method with the printer

USB, Ethernet, or Wi-Fi

* For details on the connection methods (interface specifications), see the following.

U “Specifications Table” on page 222

Web Config

Windows

Browser Internet Explorer 11, Microsoft Edge, Firefox

, Chrome

Connection method with the

printer

Ethernet or Wi-Fi

*1 Use the latest version.

*2 See the following for details on the network interfaces.

U “Specifications Table” on page 222

Mac

Browser Safari

, Firefox

, Chrome

Connection method with the

printer

Ethernet or Wi-Fi

*1 Use the latest version.

*2 See the following for details on the network interfaces.

U “Specifications Table” on page 222

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

221

Specifications Table

In the following table, model names are represented as

shown below.

(A): SC-T5100M Series

(B): SC-T3100M Series

(C): SC-T5100 Series

(D): SC-T3100 Series

(E): SC-T5100N Series

(F): SC-T3100N Series/SC-T2100 Series

Printer Specifications

Printing method On-demand inkjet method

Nozzle configura-

tion

800 nozzles x 4 colors

((Black, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow)

Resolution (maxi-

mum)

2400 × 1200 dpi

Control code ESC/P2, ESC/P raster (undisclosed

command), HP-GL/2, HP RTL, PJL

Built-in memory (A) and (B): 1.0 GB + 8.0 GB (for

processing scanner data)

Except for (A) and (B): 1.0 GB

Rated voltage AC100-240 V

Rated frequency 50/60 Hz

Rated current 1.4 A

Power consumption

Operating (A): Approx. 26 W

(B): Approx. 24 W

Except for (A) and (B): Approx. 28

Ready mode (A): Approx. 12 W

(B): Approx. 11 W

Except for (A) and (B): Approx. 8 W

Sleep mode (A) and (B): Approx. 2.0 W

Except for (A) and (B): Approx. 1.6

Power off Approx. 0.2 W

Temperature

Printer Specifications

Operating 10 to 35˚C

In storage (Before

unpacking)

-20 to 60 ˚C (Within 120 hours at 60

˚C, within a month at 40 ˚C)

In storage (After

unpacking)

Ink charged: -10 to 40 ˚C (Within a

month at 40 ˚C)

Ink discharged

: -20 to 25 ˚C

(Within a month at 25 ˚C)

Humidity

Operating 20 to 80% (40 to 60% is

recommended. without

condensation)

In storage 5 to 85% (without condensation)

Temperature and humidity operating range (the range

shown by diagonal lines is recommended)

Dimensions (Width x Depth x Height)

Maximum

(A): 1268 x 982 x 1017 mm

(B): 970 x 948 x 334 mm

(C): 1268 x 982 x 913 mm

(D): 970 x 982 x 913 mm

(E): 1268 x 811 x 230 mm

(F): 970 x 811 x 230 mm

Storage (A): 1268 x 696 x 975 mm

(B): 970 x 505 x 292 mm

(C): 1268 x 696 x 913 mm

(D): 970 x 696 x 913 mm

(E): 1268 x 505 x 230 mm

(F): 970 x 505 x 230 mm

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

222

Printer Specifications

Weight

(A): Approx. 55 kg

(B): Approx. 34 kg

(C): Approx. 46 kg

(D): Approx. 38 kg

(E): Approx. 33 kg

(F): Approx. 27 kg

*1 Use the Discharging/Charging Ink menu in the

Maintenance menu to discharge ink from the printer.

U User's Guide(online manual)

*2 With the paper stacker attached and the paper basket open.

With document support attached for the SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T3100M Series.

*3 Not including the ink cartridges and the paper stacker

Important:

Use the printer at an altitude of 2000 m or less.

Printer's Scanner Specifications

Scanner type Color Simplex Sheet-fed

Scanner

Sensor CIS

Number of effective

pixels

(main scanning direc-

tion)

SC-T5100M Series: 21600

pixels (600 dpi)

SC-T3100M Series: 14400

pixels (600 dpi)

Document

size

Maxim

SC-T5100M Series: 914.4 mm x

2720 mm

SC-T3100M Series: 609.6 mm x

2720 mm

Minim

148.0 mm x 148.0 mm

Document thickness 0.06 mm to 0.50 mm

Direction of feed Printable side loaded facing up

Direction of ejection Scanned side ejected facing

down

Number of sheets that

can be loaded

1 sheet

Scan resolution 600 dpi (main scanning)

600 dpi (sub-scanning)

Output resolution 200, 300, 400, 600 dpi

Printer's Scanner Specifications

Tone Color

❏30-bit input (10 bits per

pixel per color internal)

❏24-bit output (8 bits per

pixel per color internal)

Grayscale

❏10-bit input

❏8-bit output

Black and white

❏10-bit input

❏1-bit output

Light source RGB 3 color LED

*1 SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only

*2 Maximum length for Scan (600dpi) and Copy (Fine, Super

Fine) only: 2672mm

Interface Specifications

USB port for a com-

puter

SuperSpeed USB

Option port (for en-

larged copy connec-

tions except for the

SC-T5100M Series/

SC-T3100M Series)

Hi-Speed USB

USB Memory Port (SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series

only)

USB Flash Drive

Hi-Speed USB

File system FAT, FAT32, exFAT

File format JPEG, TIFF, PDF

Ethernet

Standards

IEEE802.3i (10BASE-T)

IEEE802.3u (100BASE-TX)

IEEE802.3ab (1000BASE-T)

IEEE802.3az (Energy Efficient

Ethernet)

Wi-Fi

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

223

Interface Specifications

Standards IEEE802.11b/g/n

Frequency Range 2.4 GHz

Coordination

Modes

Infrastructure

Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP)

Wireless Securi-

ties

WEP (64/128bit)

WPA-PSK (TKIP)

WPA2-PSK (AES)

WPA3-SAE (AES)

WPA2/WPA3-Enterprise

Network Printing

Protocols/Func-

tions

EpsonNet Print (Windows)

Standard TCP/IP (Windows)

WSD Printing (Windows)

Bonjour (Mac)

IPP Printing (Mac)

AirPrint (iOS, Mac)

Printing from FTP client

Security Standards/

Protocols

SSL/TLS (HTTPS Server/Client,

IPPS)

IEEE802.1X

IPsec/IP Filtering

SMTPS (STARTTLS, SSL/TLS)

SNMPv3

SMB3.1.1

FTPS (Explicit mode)

*10

*1 USB Flash Drive with security settings cannot be used.

*2 SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series only. Only data created

using the scan function provided by Epson inkjet printers is

supported. However, the following files are not supported.

- Data created in applications such as EPSON Scan and Epson

Scan2.

- Data that contains multiple pages with different

orientations or sizes.

*3 Use a category 5 or higher STP (shielded twisted pair) cable.

However, for IEEE802.3ab (1000BASE-T), use a category 5e or

higher STP (shielded twisted pair) cable.

*4 The connected device should comply with IEEE802.3az

standards.

*5 IEEE802.11n is only available for the HT20.

*6 Not supported for IEEE 802.11b.

*7 Only SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series support

WPA3-SAE(AES) and WPA3-Enterprise.

*8 Comp lies with WPA2 stan dards with support for WPA/WPA2

Personal.

*9 EpsonNet Print supports IPv4 only. The others support both

IPv4 and IPv6.

*10 SC-T5100M Series/SC-T3100M Series scanning function

only.

Warning:

To prevent radio interference to the licensed service,

this device is intended to be operated indoors and

away from windows to provide maximum

shielding. Equipment (or its transmit antenna) that

is installed outdoors is subject to licensing.

For European users

Radio Equipment Information:

This product intentionally emit radio wave described as

follows.

(a) frequency band in which the radio equipment

operates; 2.4 to 2.4835 GHz

(b) maximum radio-frequency power transmitted in

the frequency band in which the radio equipment

operates; 20 dBm (eirp power)

ZICTA Type Approval for Users in Zambia

See the following website to check the information for

ZICTA Type Approval.

https://support.epson.net/zicta/

Ink Specifications

Type Dedicated ink cartridges

Pigment ink Black, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow

Use by date See the expiration date printed on

the ink cartridge package or on

the cartridge (store at normal

temperature)

Print quality guaran-

tee expiry

Six months (after unpacking)

Storage temperature

Uninstalled -20 to 40˚C (Within four days at -20

˚C, within a month at 40 ˚C)

Installed -20 to 40˚C (Within four days at -20

˚C, within a month at 40 ˚C)

Transporting -20 to 60˚C (Within four days at -20

˚C, within a month at 40 ˚C, within

72 hours at 60 ˚C)

Cartridge Dimensions (Width x Depth x Height)

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

224

Ink Specifications

80 ml 41.0×97.0×49.5

50 ml / 26 ml 27.0×97.0×49.5

* Not including the protruding portions

Important:

❏The ink freezes if left at below -13 ˚C for a long

time. If it does freeze, leave it at room

temperature (25˚C) for at least three hours.

❏Do not refill the ink cartridges.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Appendix

225

Where To Get Help

Technical Support Web

Site

Epson's Technical Support Web Site provides help with

problems that cannot be solved using the

troubleshooting information in your product

documentation. If you have a Web browser and can

connect to the Internet, access the site at:

https://support.epson.net/

If you need the latest drivers, FAQs, manuals, or other

downloadables, access the site at:

https://www.epson.com

Then, select the support section of your local Epson

Web site.

Contacting Epson

Support

Before Contacting Epson

If your Epson product is not operating properly and you

cannot solve the problem using the troubleshooting

information in your product documentation, contact

Epson support services for assistance. If Epson support

for your area is not listed below, contact the dealer where

you purchased your product.

Epson support will be able to help you much more

quickly if you give them the following information:

❏Product serial number

(The serial number label is usually on the back of the

product.)

❏Product model

❏Product software version

(Click About, Version Info, or similar button in

the product software.)

❏Brand and model of your computer

❏Your computer operating system name and version

❏Names and versions of the software applications

you normally use with your product

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Where To Get Help

226

Help for Users in North America

Epson provides the technical support services listed

below.

Internet Support

Visit Epson's support website at https://epson.com/

support and select your product for solutions to

common problems. You can download drivers and

documentation, get FAQs and troubleshooting advice,

or e-mail Epson with your questions.

Speak to a Support Representative

Dial: (562) 276‐1300 (U.S.), or (905) 709-9475

(Canada), 6 am to 6 pm, Pacific Time, Monday through

Friday. Days and hours of support are subject to change

without notice. Toll or long distance charges may apply.

Before you call Epson for support, please have the

following information ready:

❏Product name

❏Product serial number

❏Proof of purchase (such as a store receipt) and date

of purchase

❏Computer configuration

❏Description of the problem

Note:

For help using any other software on your system, see the

documentation for that software for technical support

information.

Purchase Supplies and Accessories

You can purchase genuine Epson ink cartridges, ribbon

cartridges, paper, and accessories from an Epson

authorized reseller. To find the nearest reseller, call

800-GO-EPSON (800-463-7766). Or you can purchase

online at http://www.epsonstore.com (U.S. sales) or

http://www.epson.ca (Canadian sales).

Help for Users in Europe

Check your Pan-European Warranty Document for

information on how to contact Epson support.

Help for Users in Taiwan

Contacts for information, support, and services are:

World Wide Web (https://

www.epson.com.tw)

Information on product specifications, drivers for

download, and products enquiry are available.

Epson HelpDesk

(Phone: +0800212873)

Our HelpDesk team can help you with the following

over the phone:

❏Sales inquiries and product information

❏Product usage questions or problems

❏Inquiries on repair service and warranty

Repair service center:

Telephone

number

Fax

number

Address

02-23416969 02-23417070 No.20, Beiping E. Rd.,

Zhongzheng Dist.,

Taipei City 100, Taiwan

02-27491234 02-27495955 1F., No.16, Sec. 5,

Nanjing E. Rd.,

Songshan Dist., Taipei

City 105, Taiwan

02-32340688 02-32340699 No.1, Ln. 359, Sec. 2,

Zhongshan Rd.,

Zhonghe City, Taipei

County 235, Taiwan

039-605007 039-600969 No.342-1, Guangrong

Rd., Luodong

Township, Yilan County

265, Taiwan

038-312966 038-312977 No.87, Guolian 2nd Rd.,

Hualien City, Hualien

County 970, Taiwan

03-4393119 03-4396589 5F., No.2, Nandong Rd.,

Pingzhen City, Taoyuan

County 32455, Taiwan

(R.O.C.)

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Where To Get Help

227

Telephone

number

Fax

number

Address

03-5325077 03-5320092 1F., No.9, Ln. 379, Sec. 1,

Jingguo Rd., North

Dist., Hsinchu City 300,

Taiwan

04-23011502 04-23011503 3F., No.30, Dahe Rd.,

West Dist., Taichung

City 40341, Taiwan

(R.O.C.)

04-23805000 04-23806000 No.530, Sec. 4, Henan

Rd., Nantun Dist.,

Taichung City 408,

Taiwan

05-2784222 05-2784555 No.463, Zhongxiao Rd.,

East Dist., Chiayi City

600, Taiwan

06-2221666 06-2112555 No.141, Gongyuan N.

Rd., North Dist., Tainan

City 704, Taiwan

07-5520918 07-5540926 1F., No.337, Minghua

Rd., Gushan Dist.,

Kaohsiung City 804,

Taiwan

07-3222445 07-3218085 No.51, Shandong St.,

Sanmin Dist.,

Kaohsiung City 807,

Taiwan

08-7344771 08-7344802 1F., No.113, Shengli Rd.,

Pingtung City,

Pingtung County 900,

Taiwan

Help for Users in Australia/New

Zealand

Epson Australia/New Zealand wishes to provide you

with a high level of customer service. In addition to your

product documentation, we provide the following

sources for obtaining information:

Your Dealer

Don't forget that your dealer can often help identify and

resolve problems. The dealer should always be the first

call for advise on problems; they can often solve

problems quickly and easily as well as give advise on the

next step to take.

Internet URL

Australia

https://www.epson.com.au

New Zealand

https://www.epson.co.nz

Access the Epson Australia/New Zealand World Wide

Web pages.

The site provides a download area for drivers, Epson

contact points, new product information and technical

support (e-mail).

Epson Helpdesk

Epson Helpdesk is provided as a final backup to make

sure our clients have access to advice. Operators on the

Helpdesk can aid you in installing, configuring and

operating your Epson product. Our Pre-sales Helpdesk

staff can provide literature on new Epson products and

advise where the nearest dealer or service agent is

located. Many types of queries are answered here.

The Helpdesk numbers are:

Australia Phone: 1300 361 054

Fax: (02) 8899 3789

New Zealand Phone: 0800 237 766

We encourage you to have all the relevant information

on hand when you ring. The more information you

prepare, the faster we can help solve the problem. This

information includes your Epson product

documentation, type of computer, operating system,

application programs, and any information you feel is

required.

Help for Users in Singapore

Sources of information, support, and services available

from Epson Singapore are:

World Wide Web

(https://www.epson.com.sg)

Information on product specifications, drivers for

download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales

Enquiries, and Technical Support via e-mail are

available.

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Where To Get Help

228

Epson HelpDesk

Toll Free: 800-120-5564

Our HelpDesk team can help you with the following

over the phone:

❏Sales enquiries and product information

❏Product usage questions or problems

❏Enquiries on repair service and warranty

Help for Users in Thailand

Contacts for information, support, and services are:

World Wide Web

(https://www.epson.co.th)

Information on product specifications, drivers for

download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), and

e-mail are available.

Epson Hotline

(Phone: (66)2685-9899)

Our Hotline team can help you with the following over

the phone:

❏Sales inquiries and product information

❏Product usage questions or problems

❏Inquiries on repair service and warranty

Help for Users in Vietnam

Contacts for information, support, and services are:

Epson Hotline (Phone): +84 28 3925 5545

Service Center: 68 Nam Ky Khoi Nghia

Street, Nguyen Thai Binh

Ward,

District 1, Ho Chi Minh City

Vietnam

Help for Users in Indonesia

Contacts for information, support, and services are:

World Wide Web

(https://www.epson.co.id)

❏Information on product specifications, drivers for

download

❏Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales

Enquiries, questions through e-mail

Epson Hotline

❏Sales inquiries and product information

❏Technical support

Phone (62) 21-572 4350

Fax (62) 21-572 4357

Epson Service Center

Jakarta Mangga Dua Mall 3rd floor No 3A/B

Jl. Arteri Mangga Dua,

Jakarta

Phone/Fax: (62) 21-62301104

Bandung Lippo Center 8th floor

Jl. Gatot Subroto No.2

Bandung

Phone/Fax: (62) 22-7303766

Surabaya Hitech Mall lt IIB No. 12

Jl. Kusuma Bangsa 116 – 118

Surabaya

Phone: (62) 31-5355035

Fax: (62)31-5477837

Yogyakarta Hotel Natour Garuda

Jl. Malioboro No. 60

Yogyakarta

Phone: (62) 274-565478

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Where To Get Help

229

Medan Wisma HSBC 4th floor

Jl. Diponegoro No. 11

Medan

Phone/Fax: (62) 61-4516173

Makassar MTC Karebosi Lt. Ill Kav. P7-8

JI. Ahmad Yani No.49

Makassar

Phone: (62)411-350147/411-350148

Help for Users in Hong Kong

To obtain technical support as well as other after-sales

services, users are welcome to contact Epson Hong

Kong Limited.

Internet Home Page

Epson Hong Kong has established a local home page in

both Chinese and English on the Internet to provide

users with the following information:

❏Product information

❏Answers to Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

❏Latest versions of Epson product drivers

Users can access our World Wide Web home page at:

https://www.epson.com.hk

Technical Support Hotline

You can also contact our technical staff at the following

telephone and fax numbers:

Phone: (852) 2827-8911

Fax: (852) 2827-4383

Help for Users in Malaysia

Contacts for information, support, and services are:

World Wide Web

(https://www.epson.com.my)

❏Information on product specifications, drivers for

download

❏Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales

Enquiries, questions through e-mail

Epson Trading (M) Sdn. Bhd.

Head Office.

Phone: 603-56288288

Fax: 603-56288388/399

Epson Helpdesk

❏Sales enquiries and product information (Infoline)

Phone: 603-56288222

❏Enquiries on repair services & warranty, product

usage and technical support (Techline)

Phone: 603-56288333

Help for Users in India

Contacts for information, support, and services are:

World Wide Web

(https://www.epson.co.in)

Information on product specifications, drivers for

download, and products enquiry are available.

Helpline

For Service, Product info or to order a cartridge -

18004250011 (9AM - 6PM) - This is a Toll-free number.

For Service (CDMA & Mobile Users) - 3900 1600 (9AM

- 6PM) Prefix local STD code

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Where To Get Help

230

Help for Users in the Philippines

To obtain technical support as well as other after sales

services, users are welcome to contact the Epson

Philippines Corporation at the telephone and fax

numbers and e-mail address below:

Trunk Line: (63-2) 706 2609

Fax: (63-2) 706 2665

Helpdesk

Direct Line:

(63-2) 706 2625

E-mail:

epchelpdesk@epc.epson.com.ph

World Wide Web

(https://www.epson.com.ph)

Information on product specifications, drivers for

download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), and

E-mail Inquiries are available.

Toll-Free No. 1800-1069-EPSON(37766)

Our Hotline team can help you with the following over

the phone:

❏Sales inquiries and product information

❏Product usage questions or problems

❏Inquiries on repair service and warranty

SC-T5100M/SC-T3100M/SC-T5100/SC-T3100/SC-T5100N/SC-T3100N/SC-T2100 Series User's Guide

Where To Get Help

231

Table of Contents

Epson SC-T3100X User Manual

Related Manuals